WO2014083520A2 - Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy - Google Patents

Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014083520A2
WO2014083520A2 PCT/IB2013/060458 IB2013060458W WO2014083520A2 WO 2014083520 A2 WO2014083520 A2 WO 2014083520A2 IB 2013060458 W IB2013060458 W IB 2013060458W WO 2014083520 A2 WO2014083520 A2 WO 2014083520A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tnfa
labeled
autoantibody
neutralizing
sample
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2013/060458
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2014083520A3 (en
Inventor
Scott Hauenstein
Sharat Singh
Original Assignee
Nestec S.A.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US13/802,117 external-priority patent/US20130266963A1/en
Priority to BR112015012482A priority Critical patent/BR112015012482A2/en
Priority to MX2015006852A priority patent/MX2015006852A/en
Priority to RU2015125739A priority patent/RU2015125739A/en
Priority to CA2892766A priority patent/CA2892766A1/en
Priority to KR1020157017311A priority patent/KR20150088890A/en
Priority to SG11201504097PA priority patent/SG11201504097PA/en
Priority to EP13820955.6A priority patent/EP2926136A2/en
Application filed by Nestec S.A. filed Critical Nestec S.A.
Priority to JP2015544592A priority patent/JP2016502091A/en
Priority to AU2013350817A priority patent/AU2013350817A1/en
Priority to CN201380071748.4A priority patent/CN105074461A/en
Publication of WO2014083520A2 publication Critical patent/WO2014083520A2/en
Publication of WO2014083520A3 publication Critical patent/WO2014083520A3/en
Priority to IL238995A priority patent/IL238995A0/en
Priority to HK16103834.6A priority patent/HK1215969A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/564Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for pre-existing immune complex or autoimmune disease, i.e. systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid factors or complement components C1-C9
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/5005Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
    • G01N33/5008Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
    • G01N33/502Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics for testing non-proliferative effects
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/52Assays involving cytokines
    • G01N2333/525Tumor necrosis factor [TNF]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/52Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis

Definitions

  • rheumatoid arthritis is an autoimmune disease affecting more than two million people in the United States, RA causes chronic inflammation of the joints and typically is a progressive illness that has the potential to cause joint destruction and functional disability.
  • the cause of rheumatoid arthritis is unknown, although genetic predisposi tion, infectious agents and environmental factors have all been implicated in the etiology of the disease.
  • symptoms can include fatigue, lack of appetite, low grade fever, muscle and joint aches and stiffness.
  • joints frequently become red, swollen, painful and tender, due to inflammation of the synovium.
  • RA is a systemic disease, inflammation can affect organs and areas of the body other than the joints, including glands of the eyes and mouth, the lung lining, the pericardium, and blood vessels.
  • first line drags and slower acting “second line drugs.”
  • the first line drugs reduce pain and inflammation.
  • first line drags include aspirin, naproxen, ibuprofen, etodolac and other non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), as well as corticosteroids, given orally or injected directly into tissues and joints.
  • NSAIDs non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
  • corticosteroids corticosteroids
  • second line drugs examples include gold, hydrochloroquine, azulfidine and immunosuppressive agents, such as methotrexate, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil and cyclosporine. Many of these drugs, however, can have detrimental side-effects. Thus, additional therapies for rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune disorders have been sought.
  • Tumor necrosis factor alpha is a cytokine produced by numerous ceil types, including monocytes and macrophages, that was originally identified based on its ability to induce the necrosis of certain mouse tumors. Subsequently, a factor termed cachectin, associated with cachexia, was shown to be identical to TNF-a. TNF-a has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a variety of other human diseases and disorders, including shock, sepsis, infections, autoimmune diseases, RA, Crohn's disease, transplant rejection and graft-versus-host disease.
  • hTNF-a human TNF-a
  • therapeutic strategies have been designed to inhibit or counteract hTNF-a activity.
  • antibodies that bind to, and neutralize, hTNF-a have been sought as a means to inhibit hTNF-a activity.
  • Some of the earliest of such antibodies were mouse monoclonal antibodies (rnAbs), secreted by hvbridomas prepared from lymphocytes of mice immunized with hTNF-a (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al ).
  • mouse anti- hTNF-a antibodies often displayed high affinity for hTNF-a and were able to neutralize hTNF-a activity
  • their use in vivo has been limited by problems associated with the administration of mouse antibodies to humans, such as a short serum half-life, an inability to trigger certain human effector functions, and elicitation of an unwanted immune response against the mouse antibody in a human (the "human anti-mouse antibody” (HAMA) reaction)
  • TNFa inhibitors for example, four TNFa inhibitors, REMICADETM (infliximab), a chimeric anti-TNFa mAb, ENBRELTM (etanercept), a TNFR- Ig Fc fusion protein, HUMIRATM (adalimumab), a human anti-TNFa mAb, and CIMZLA 1 * (certolizumab pegol), a PEGylated Fab fragment, have been approved by the FDA for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • CIMZIA ® is also used for the treatment of moderate to severe Crohn's disease (CD).
  • TNFa inhibitors can induce an immune response to the drug and lead to the production of autoantibodies such as human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (ITAMA).
  • HACA, HAHA, or HAMA immune responses can be associated with hypersensitive reactions and dramatic changes in pharmacokinetics and biodistribution of the immunotlierapeutic TNFa inhibitor that preclude further treatment with the drug.
  • the present invention provides assays for detecting and measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing autoantibodies to biologies such as anti-TNFa drag therapeutics in a sample.
  • the present invention is useful for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies over time while a subject is on biologic therapy (e.g., anti-TNFa drug therapy).
  • biologic therapy e.g., anti-TNFa drug therapy
  • the present invention is also useful for predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in a subject's sample with alternative biologic therapies (e.g., alternative anti-TNFa therapies).
  • alternative biologic therapies e.g., alternative anti-TNFa therapies
  • the present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the components of the first labeled complex are not covalenily attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic binding moiety i.e., labeled biologic binding moiety
  • the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • exclusion chromatography e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
  • step (d) comparing the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled biologic binding moiety ), thereby detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • a neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is the same or substantially the same as the level of the tree labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample.
  • a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is decreased (e.g., substantially decreased) or absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample.
  • the present invention provides a method for measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic binding moiety i.e., labeled biologic binding moiety
  • the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • exclusion chromatography e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
  • step (d) comparing the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to a normalized level or percent of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring and normalizing the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled biologic binding moiety to calculate the level or percent of free labeled biologic binding moiety), wherein the normalized level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample corresponds to the level or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the difference between the normalized level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample and the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) corresponds to the level or percent of a non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the present invention provides a method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immxmo-complex or conj ugate
  • the labeled biologic and the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic binding moiety i.e., labeled biologic binding moiety
  • the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • exclusion chromatography e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
  • step (d) comparing the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample), thereby measuring the percent or level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the present invention provides a method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first biologic is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) biologic, the method comprising:
  • the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first biologic is cross-reactive with the second biologic, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will inhibit the activity of both the first and second biological drags.
  • the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first biologic is not cross-reactive with the second biologic, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will not inhibit the activity of the second biological drug.
  • the biologic includes antibodies (e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as inierleukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drug conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
  • antibodies e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies
  • proteins e.g., cytokines such as inierleukins
  • polypeptides e.g., cytokines such as inierleukins
  • polypeptides e.g., cytokines such as inierleukins
  • fusion proteins e.g., cytokines such as inierleukins
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn ' s disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn ' s disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic.
  • the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-hunianized antibodies (HAH. A), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step comprising contacting a sample with an acid prior to, during, and/or after contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety.
  • the assay methods of the present invention comprise detecting the presence or level of one or more isotypes of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample.
  • the present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled anti-TNFa drug and the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled anti-TNFa dmg, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • step (d) comparing the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa), thereby detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • a neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is the same or substantially the same as the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample.
  • a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is decreased (e.g., substantially decreased) or absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample.
  • the present invention provides a method for measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drag in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled anti-TNFa drug and the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate of the labeled anti-TNFa drag, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); (b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled TNFa, free labeled anti-TNFa drug, and/or a complex of labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa;
  • step (d) comparing the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to a normalized level or percent of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring and normalizing the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa to calculate the level or percent of free labeled TNFa), wherein the normalized level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample corresponds to the level or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the difference between the normalized level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in the con trol sample and the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) corresponds to the level or percent of a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the present invention provides a method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled anti-TNFa dmg and the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate of the labeled anti-TNFa drug, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
  • step (d) comparing the level of free iabeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the le vel of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled TNFa following SEC of a reference sample), thereby measuring the percent or level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the present invention provides a method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) anti-TNFa drag, the method comprising:
  • the labeled complex is subjecting the labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate the labeled complex (e.g., from free labeled second anti-TNFa drag); and (d) detecting the iabeled complex, thereby determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second anti-TNFa drug, [0027]
  • the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will inhibit the activity of both the first and second anti-TNFa drugs.
  • the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is not cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will not inhibit the activity of the second anti-TNFa drag.
  • the anti-TNFa drug is selected from the group consisting of REMICADETM (infliximab), ENBRELTM (etanercept), HUMIRATM (adalimumab), CIMZIA ® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI ® (golimumab; C TO 148), and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drag therapy.
  • the sample is seram.
  • the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug.
  • the anti-TNFa drug autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (FIAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step comprising contacting a sample with an acid prior to, during, and/or after contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa.
  • the assay methods of the present invention comprise detecting the presence or level of one or more isotypes of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drag in a sample.
  • the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to a biologic in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the biologic, the method comprising:
  • the present Invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to a biologic in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the biologic, the method comprising:
  • step (c) optionally repeating step (b) with n additional samples from the subject at time points tn r i, wherein n is an integer from 1 to about 25 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, or any range therein);
  • the present invention provides a method for optimizing therapy and/or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first biologic, the method comprising:
  • biologic is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) biologic by detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample from the subject in accordance with an assay described herein; and
  • the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to an anti-TNFa drug in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
  • the present invention provides a method for monitoring and'or optimizing therapy to an anti-TNFcc drag in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
  • step (c) optionally repeating step (b) with n additional samples from the subject at time points t i, wherein n is an integer from 1 to about 25 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23 , 24, or 25, or any range therein);
  • the present invention provides a method for optimizing therapy and'or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
  • Figure 1 illustrates that there was a clear relationship between NAb percent (y-axis) and ATI levels
  • Figure 2 illustrates thai an ATI concentration > 60 U/ml is predictive of NAb+.
  • Figure 3 illustrates thai ATI predicts NAb with a ROC AUG of 0.931.
  • Figure 4 illustrates detection of ATI by the fluid phase mobility shift assay of the present invention.
  • Figure 5 illustrates an exemplary ATI/TFX fluid phase mobility shift assay of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 illustrates a non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody (ADA) assay of the present invention.
  • ADA non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody
  • Figure 7 illustrates a neutralizing ADA assay of the present inven tion.
  • Figure 8 illustrates the levels of IFX and ATI over a time course of 5 samples from a UC patient taken 1, 2, or 3 months apart.
  • Figure 9 shows peak analysis to determine the percentage of free TNFa over time in a UC patient.
  • Figure 10 illustrates a shift from the presence of non-neutralizing autoantibodies to neutralizing autoantibodies over time as exemplified in 3 samples from a UC patient taken 2 or 3 months apart and spiked with IFX.
  • Figure II shows peak analysis to determine the percentage of free TNFa over time in samples from a UC patient that were spiked with IFX.
  • Figure 12 shows the use of rabbit anti-human IgG l Fc as a non-neutralizing antibody (Ab) control.
  • Figure 13 shows the use of ATI positive serum as a mixed neutralizing antibody (NAbVnon-neutralizing antibody (Ab) control
  • Figure 14 shows that purification of ATI from ATI positive serum results in loss of weaker affinity NAb.
  • Figure 15 illustrates peak analysis from a UC patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa in these various controls,
  • Figure 16 shows a peak analysis from a CD patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa over a time course of 4 samples taken 7 or 8 weeks apart during a 30-week period.
  • Figure 17 shows a peak analysis from another CD patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa over a time course of 3 samples taken during a 50-week period.
  • Figure 18 shows a peak analysis from 4 additional CD patient case studies to determine the percentage of free TNFa in a sample at a particular week during or after induction or maintenance of therapy .
  • Figure 19 shows detection of non-neutralizing antibody activity via the mobility shift assay.
  • Figure 20 depicts the cross-reactivity of ADA against both IFX and ADL, wherein the binding site of ADA mimics the binding site of TNFa and can therefore bind to multiple anti-TNF drugs.
  • Figure 21 shows two patient examples (Patients 1 and 2) in which cross-reactivity of NAb produced in response to one anti-TNF drag was determined for other anti-TNF drags. In particular, NAb which developed when the patient was on Remicade (IFX) were tested against Humira (ADL).
  • IFX Remicade
  • ADL Humira
  • Figure 22 shows exemplary embodiments of the assays of the present invention to detect the presence of non-neutralizing antibodies (non-NAb) (top) or neutralizing antibodies (NAb) (bottom) against a drug such as IFX or ADL.
  • non-NAb non-neutralizing antibodies
  • NAb neutralizing antibodies
  • Figure 23 shows the generation and use of a. NAb standard curve.
  • Figure 24 provides the results of a case study for Patient 3, who was treated with IFX but lost response to IFX, to determine the cross-reactivity of NAb generated against IFX to ADL.
  • Figure 25 provides the results of a case study for Patient 4, who was treated with IPX but lost response to IPX, to determine the cross-reactivity of N Ab generated against IPX to ADL.
  • Figure 26 shows non-limiting examples of patient studies which demonstrate ATI affinity maturation and the development of cross-reactive ATI.
  • Figure 27 illustrates one embodiment of the competitive ligand binding NAb assay of the invention.
  • Free TNF-532 represents the maximum assay signal.
  • TNF-532/TFX-488 negative control containing no ATI represents minimum assay signal.
  • A Binding ATI that does not affect assay signal.
  • B Neutralizing ATI patient serum that restores assay signal.
  • Figure 28 shows the clinical utility of the neutralizing assay of the invention.
  • Figure 29 shows the performance characteristics of the neutralizing assay of the invention.
  • the present invention is based in pari on the discovery that a homogeneous mobility shift assay using size exclusion chromatography and optionally acid dissociation to enable equilibration of immune complexes is particularly advantageous for measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of autoantibodies (e.g., HACA, HAHA, etc.) that are generated against biologies such as anti-TNFa drugs.
  • autoantibodies are also known as anti-drug antibodies or ADA, and neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms thereof are also known as NAb and non-NAb, respectively.
  • the homogeneous mobility shift assays of the invention are performed by contacting a subject's sample with (e.g., fluorescently) labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and (e.g., fluorescently) labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa).
  • labeled biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • fluorescently labeled biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • the assays described herein are advantageous for at least the following reasons: they obviate the need for wash steps which remove low affinity ADA; they use distinct labels such as fluorophores that allow for detection on the visible, IR, and/or near IR (NIR) spectra which decreases background and serum interference issues; they increase the ability to detect neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing ADA in subjects with a low titer due to the high sensitivity of fluorescent label detection; and they occur as a liquid phase reaction, thereby reducing the chance of any changes in the epitope by attachment to a solid surface such as an ELISA plate.
  • NIR near IR
  • the assays of the present invention are advantageous because they enable time course case studies of IBD subjects on anti-TNFa drug therapy for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in multiple samples at different time points.
  • the assays of the present invention are also advantageous because they enable the determination of whether there is a shift from non- neutralizing to neutralizing anti-drug antibodies over time while a subject is on anti-TNFa drug therapy.
  • neutralizing anti-drug antibodies may have significant negative clinical consequences because they interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa, thereby inducing a loss of efficacy.
  • the assays of the present invention find utility in predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in a subject's sample with alternative biological drugs such as other anti-TNF drugs.
  • alternative biological drugs such as other anti-TNF drugs.
  • the sample contains neutralizing ADA to one anti- TNFa drug
  • these neutralizing ADA will likely cross-react and be neutralizing to other anti- TNFa drugs, such that the recommended treatment adjustment for the subject would be to switch to a drug with a different mechanism of action (e.g., a non-anti-TNF agent).
  • a non-anti-TNF agent e.g., a non-anti-TNF agent
  • the recommended treatment adjustment for the subject could be to switch to another anti-TNFa drug.
  • the present invention addresses and overcomes current limitations associated with the administration of anti-TNFa drugs, such as infliximab and adalimumab, in part, by providing information useful for guiding treatment decisions for those subjects receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy.
  • the methods of the present invention are particularly useful for monitoring those subjects receiving an anti-TNFa drug to detect or measure the formation and/or development of neutralizing ADA (e.g., over time during a course of anti- TNFa drug therapy) and are also useful to detect or measure a change in (e.g., increase) the amount, percent, or ratio of neutralizing ADA compared to non-neutralizing ADA over time while a subject is on anti-TNFa drug therapy,
  • the present invention provides methods for determining when and/or how (1) to adjust or modify (e.g., increase or decrease) the subsequent dose of an anti-TNFa drug to optimize therapeutic efficacy and/or to reduce toxicity in view of the presence, level, or percent of neutralizing ADA, (2) to combine an anti-TNFa drug (e.g., at an initial, increased, decreased, or same dose) with one or more immunosuppressive agents such as methotrexate (MTX) or azathioprine (AZA) in view of the presence, level, or percent of neutralizing ADA , and/or (3) to change the current course of therapy (e.g., switch to a different anti-TNFa drug or to a drug that targets a different mechanism) in view of the presence, level, or percent of neutralizing ADA,
  • immunosuppressive agents such as methotrexate (MTX) or azathioprine (AZA)
  • MTX methotrexate
  • AZA azathioprine
  • Such methods are
  • biological or “biologic agent” or “biological drug” as used herein encompass products and substances produced from or extracted from a biological system (e.g., a living organism).
  • Biologicales include antibodies, antibody fragments, proteins, polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins (e.g., Ig fusion proteins or Fc fusion proteins), multivalent binding proteins (e.g., DVD Ig), antibody-drug conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof,
  • biological binding moiety includes any molecule, agent, or substance that (e.g., specifically) binds to or interacts with a biologic, in certain instances, a neutralizing form of the autoantibody interferes with the binding between the biologic binding moiety and the biologic. In certain other instances, a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody does not interfere with the binding between the biologic binding moiety and the biologic.
  • the biologic binding moiety comprises TNFcc when the biologic comprises an anti-TNFa drug.
  • the biologic binding moiety comprises an interleukin receptor (e.g., a soluble extracellular fragment of an interleukin receptor) when the biologic comprises an interleukin such as IL-2.
  • anti-TNFa drug or "TNFa inhibitor” as used herein are intended to encompass agents including proteins, antibodies, antibody fragments, fusion proteins (e.g., Ig fusion proteins or Fc fusion proteins), multivalent binding proteins (e.g., DV ) Ig), small molecule TN Fa antagonists and similar naturally- or nonnaturally-occurring molecules, and/or recombinant and'or engineered forms thereof, that, directly or indirectly, inhibit TNFa activity, such as by inhibiting interaction of TNFa with a cell surface receptor for TNFa, inhibiting TNFa protein production, inhibiting TNFa gene expression, inhibiting TNFa secretion from cells, inhibiting TNFa receptor signaling or any other means resulting in decreased TNFa activity in a subject.
  • anti-TNFa drug or "TNFa inhibitor” preferably includes agents which Interfere with TNFa activity.
  • anti-TNFa drugs include, without limitation, infliximab (REMICADETM, Johnson and Johnson), human anti- NF monoclonal antibody adalimumab (D2E7/HUMIRATM, Abbott Laboratories), etanercept (ENBRELTM, Amgen), certolizumab pegol (CIMZIA ® , UCB, Inc.), golimumab (SIMPONI ® ; CNTO 148), CDP 571 (Celltech), CDP 870 (Cell tech), as well as other compounds which inhibit TNFa activity, such that when administered to a subject suffering from or at risk of suffering from a disorder in which TNFa activity is detrimental (e.g., RA), the disorder is treated.
  • REMICADETM human anti- NF monoclonal antibody adalimumab
  • TNFa is intended to include a human cytokine that exists as a 17 kDa secreted form and a 26 kDa membrane associated form, the biologically active form of which is composed of a trimer of noncovalently bound 17 kDa molecules.
  • the structure of TNFa is described further in, for example, Jones ei ah, Nature, 338:225-228 (1989).
  • the term TNFa is intended to include human TNFa, a recombinant human TNFa (rhTNF-a), or TNFa that is at least about 80% identity to the human TNFa protein.
  • Human TNFa consists of a 35 amino acid (aa) cytoplasmic domain, a 21 aa transmembrane segment, and a 177 aa extracellular domain (ECD) (Pennica, D. el oi. ( 1984) Nature 312:724). Within the ECD, human TNFa shares 97% aa sequence identity with rhesus TNFa, and 71 % to 92% aa sequence identity with bovine, canine, cotton rat, equine, feline, mouse, porcine, and rat TNFa. TNFa can be prepared by standard recombinant expression methods or purchased commercially (R & D Systems, Catalog No. 210-TA, Minneapolis, Minn.).
  • TNFa is an "antigen," which includes a molecule or a portion of the molecule capable of being bound by an anti-TNF-a drug.
  • TNFa can have one or more than one epitope.
  • TNFa will react, in a highly selective manner, with an anti-TNFa antibody.
  • Preferred antigens that bind antibodies, fragments, and regions of anti-TNFa antibodies include at least 5 amino acids of human TNFa.
  • TNFa is a sufficient length having an epitope of TNFa thai is capable of binding anti-TNF antibodies, fragments, and regions thereof.
  • SEC size exclusion chromatography
  • SEC size exclusion chromatography
  • a chromatographic method in which molecules in solution are separated based on their size and/or hydrodynamic volume. It is applied to large molecules or macromolecular complexes such as proteins and their conjugates.
  • gel filtration chromatography typically, when an aqueous solution is used to transport the sample through the column, the technique is known as gel filtration chromatography.
  • the terras "complex,” “imtmino-complex,” ''conjugate,” and “immunoconjugate” include, but are not limited to, T ' NFa bound (e.g., by non-covafent means) to an anti-TNFa drug, an anti-TNFa drug bound (e.g., by non-covalent means) to an autoantibody against the anti-TNFa drug (e.g., a neutralizing or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody), and an anti- TNFa drug bound (e.g., by non-covalent means) to both TNFa and an autoantibody against the anti-TNFa drug (e.g., a neutralizing or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody).
  • T NFa bound e.g., by non-covafent means
  • an anti-TNFa drug bound e.g., by non-covalent means
  • an autoantibody against the anti-TNFa drug e.g.,
  • an entity that is modified by the term "labeled” includes any entity, molecule, protein, enzyme, antibody, antibody fragment, cytokine, or related species that is conjugated with another molecule or chemical entity that is empirically detectable.
  • Chemical species suitable as labels for labeled-entities include, but are not limited to, fluorescent dyes, e.g. Alexa Fluor* 1 dyes such as Alexa Fluor ® 647, quantum dots, optical dyes, luminescent dyes, and radionuclides, e.g.
  • fluorescence label detection includes a means for detecting a fluorescent label.
  • Means for detection include, but are not limited to, a spectrometer, a fluorimeter, a photometer, and a. detection device commonly incorporated with a
  • chromatography instrument such as, but not limited to, size exclusion-high performance liquid chromatography, such as, but not limited to, an Agilent- 1200 HPLC System.
  • optimizing therapy includes optimizing the dose (e.g., the effective amount or level) and/'or the type of a particular therapy.
  • optimizing the dose of an anti-TNFa drug includes increasing or decreasing the amount of the anti-TNFa drug subsequently administered to a subject.
  • optimizing the type of an anti- TNFa drug includes changing the administered anti-TNFa drug from one drug to a different drug (e.g., a different anti-TNFa drug or a drug that targets a. different mechanism).
  • optimizing therapy includes co-administering a dose of an anti-TNFa drug (e.g., at an increased, decreased, or same dose as the previous dose) in combination with one or more immunosuppressive drugs.
  • the term "co-administer” includes to administer more than one active agent, such that the duration of phy siological effect of one active agent overlaps with the physiological effect of a second active agent.
  • the term "subject,” “patient,” or “individual” typically includes humans, but also includes other animals such as, e.g. , other primates, rodents, canines, felines, equities, ovines, porcines, and the like.
  • the terra "course of therapy” includes any therapeutic approach taken to relieve or prevent one or more symptoms associated with a disease or disorder.
  • the term encompasses administering any compound, drug, procedure, and/or regimen useful for improving the health of an individual with a disease or disorder and includes any of the therapeutic agents described herein.
  • the course of therapy or the dose of the current course of therapy can be changed (e.g., increased or decreased) based upon the presence or concentration level of TNFa, anti-TNFa drug, and'Or anti-drug antibody (e.g., the presence, level, or percent of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody determined using the methods of the invention).
  • immunosuppressive drag or “immunosuppressive agent” includes any substance capable of producing an immunosuppressive effect, e.g., the prevention or diminution of the immune response, as by irradiation or by administration of drugs such as anti-metabolites, anti-lymphocyte sera, antibodies, etc.
  • immunosuppressive drugs include, without limitation, thiopurine drags such as azathioprine (AZA) and metabolites thereof; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate (MTX); siroiimus (rapamycin); temsiroliraus; everolimus; tacrolimus (FK-506); FK-778; anti-lymphocyte globulin antibodies, anti-thymocyte globulin antibodies, anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD4 antibodies, and antibody-toxin conjugates; cyclosporine: mycophenoiate; mizoribine monophosphate; scoparone; glatiramer acetate; metabolites thereof; pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; derivatives thereof; prodrugs thereof; and combinations thereof.
  • thiopurine drags such as azathioprine (AZA) and metabolites thereof
  • anti-metabolites such as methotrexate (MTX); siroiimus (rapamycin); temsiroliraus;
  • thiopurine drug includes azathioprine (AZA), 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP), or any metabolite thereof that has therapeutic efficacy and includes, without limitation, 6- thioguanine (6-TG), 6-methyimercaptopurine riboside, 6-thioinosine nucleotides (e.g., 6- thioinosine monophosphate, 6-thioinosine diphosphate, 6-thioinosine triphosphate), 6- thioguanine nucleotides (e.g., 6-thioguanosine monophosphate, 6-thioguanosinc diphosphate, 6-thioguanosine triphosphate), 6-thioxanthosine nucleotides (e.g., 6-thioxanthosine monophosphate, 6-thioxanthosine diphosphate, 6-thioxanthosine triphosphate), derivatives thereof, analogues thereof, and combinations thereof.
  • AZA azathioprine
  • 6-MP 6-mer
  • sample includes any biological specimen obtained from an individual.
  • Samples include, without limitation, whole blood, plasma, serum, red blood ceils, white blood cells (e.g., peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), polymorphonuclear (PMN) cells), ductal lavage fluid, nipple aspirate, lymph (e.g., disseminated tumor cells of the lymph node), bone marrow aspirate, saliva, urine, stool (i.e., feces), sputum, bronchial lavage fluid, tears, fine needle aspirate (e.g., harvested by random periareolar fine needle aspiration), any other bodily fluid, a tissue sample such as a biopsy of a site of inflammation (e.g., needle biopsy), cellular extracts thereof, and an immunoglobulin enriched fraction derived from one or more of these bodily fluids or tissues.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PMN polymorphonuclear
  • the sample is whole blood, a fractional component thereof such as plasma, serum, or a cell pellet, or an immunoglobulin enriched fraction thereof.
  • samples such as serum samples can be diluted prior to the analysis.
  • the sample is obtained by isolating PBMCs and/or PMN cells using any technique known in the art.
  • the sample is a tissue biopsy such as, e.g., from a site of inflammation such as a portion of the gastrointestinal tract or synovial tissue.
  • Brackets "[ ]" indicate that the species within the brackets are referred to by their concentration.
  • the present invention provides assays for detecting and measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing autoantibodies to biologies such as anti-TNFa dmg therapeutics in a sample.
  • the present invention is useful for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies over time while a subject is on biologic therapy (e.g., anti-TNFa drug therapy).
  • the present invention is also useful for predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in a subject's sample with alternative biologic therapies (e.g., alternative anti-TNFa therapies).
  • alternative biologic therapies e.g., alternative anti-TNFa therapies
  • the present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a labeled biologic and a. labeled biologic binding moiety to form: (i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immimo-complex or conj ugate) of the labeled biologic and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
  • a second labeled complex i.e., imrnuno-cornplex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic binding moiety i.e., imrnuno-cornplex or conjugate
  • the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • exclusion chromatography e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
  • step (d) comparing the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled biologic binding moiety), thereby detecting the presence of a. neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • a neutralizing form of the autoantibody interferes with the binding between the biologic and biologic binding moiety. In other embodiments, a non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody does not interfere with the binding between the biologic and biologic binding moiety.
  • free labeled biologic binding moiety consis ts of labeled biologic binding moiety that is substantially free of bound biologic (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled biologic).
  • a neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the le vel of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is the same or substantially the same as the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample.
  • a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is decreased (e.g., substantially decreased) or absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample.
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is considered to be substantially the same as the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample when it is at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 81%», 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in the control sample.
  • the le vel of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is considered to be substan tially decreased compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample when it is at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95% less than the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in the control sample.
  • the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a. function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
  • AUG area under the curve
  • the biologic includes antibodies (e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drag conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
  • antibodies e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies
  • proteins e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins
  • polypeptides e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins
  • polypeptides e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins
  • fusion proteins e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic.
  • the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti -humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method for measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising: contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety to form:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic and the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic binding moiety i.e., labeled biologic binding moiety
  • the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled biologic binding moiety, free labeled biologic, and/or a complex of labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety;
  • measuring the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety after size exclusion chromatography e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety pea,k following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
  • step (c) comparing the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to a normalized level or percent of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring and normalizing the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled biologic binding moiety to calculate the level or percent of free labeled biologic binding moiety), wherein the normalized level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample corresponds to the level or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the difference between the normalized level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample and the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) corresponds to the level or percent of a non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • free labeled biologic binding moiety consists of labeled biologic binding moiety that is substantially free of bound biologic (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled biologic).
  • the level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample is normalized by measuring the peak area (e.g., by measuring the AUG) of a complex formed between the labeled biologic and the labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., "labeled complex"), and then subtracting the measured peak area of the labeled complex from the peak area of the free labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., by measuring the AIJC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak).
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
  • the level of a complex formed between the labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC- HPLC).
  • a subpopuiation of the autoantibody to a biologic e.g.,
  • ADA is a neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb).
  • the total level of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample can be calculated by adding the levels of both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody measured in accordance with the methods of the invention.
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is further compared to a negative control, a positive control, or a combination thereof.
  • the percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) determined in step (d) is compared to a cutoff value or reference range established from a healthly control (e.g., normal human serum).
  • the cutoff value or reference range is expressed as a threshold percent of NAb that the sample must have in order to be considered positive for NAb.
  • the sample is positive for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is greater than or equal to the cutoff value or reference range established from the healthly control.
  • the sample i s negative for NA b when the percent of N Ab determined in step (d) is less than the cutoff value or reference range established from the healthly control.
  • cutoff values or reference ranges include, e.g., at least about 0.25%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 1.00%, 1.50%, 2.00%, 2.50%, 2.60%, 2.70%, 2.80%, 2.90%, 3.00%, 3.01 %, 3.02%, 3.03%, 3.04%, 3.05%, 3.06%, 3.07%, 3.08%, 3.09%, 3.10%, 3.20%, 3.30%, 3.40%, 3.50%, 4.00%, 4.50%, 5.00%, 5.50%, 6.00%, 6.50%, 7.00%, 7.50%, 8.00%, 8.50%, 9.00%, 9.50%, 10.00% NAb, or any range therein.
  • all of the autoantibodies to the biologic are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% neutralizing anti-drag antibodies (NAb) and/or 0% non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (non-NAb ).
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is generally the same as the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to completely block or interfere with the binding between the biologic and the biologic binding moiety.
  • none of the autoantibodies to the biologic are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% non-NAb and/or 0% NAb.
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is generally absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to not completely block or interfere with the binding between the biologic and the biologic binding moiety,
  • the percent of each species can be expressed on their own (e.g., 50% N Ab or 50% non-N Ab is defined as an equal proportion of N Ab and non- NAb in a sample) or as a ratio. In certain instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the percent of NAb by the percent of non-NAb, or vice versa. In other instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the level of NAb by the level of non-NAb, or vice versa.
  • the biologic includes antibodies (e.g., anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as interleukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drug conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
  • antibodies e.g., anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies
  • proteins e.g., cytokines such as interleukins
  • polypeptides e.g., cytokines such as interleukins
  • polypeptides e.g., cytokines such as interleukins
  • fusion proteins e.g., cytokines such as interleukins
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic.
  • the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti -chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic and the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled biologic binding moiety i.e., labeled biologic binding moiety
  • the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • exclusion chromatography e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the tree labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
  • step (d) comparing the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample
  • the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak is calculated for the sample (e.g., from a patient) and the control sample.
  • the labeled biologic binds the labeled biologic binding moiety and reduces the assay signal (e.g., reduces the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the sample when compared to the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the control sample).
  • the neutralizing form of the autoantibody ( Ab) neutralizes the labeled biologic and recovers the assay signal (e.g., restores or recovers the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the sample to a level comparable to that of the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the control sample).
  • the NAb activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal.
  • the percent NAb in the sample is equivalent to the percent recovery of the assay signal.
  • the percent NAb is calculated as a ratio of the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the sample to the AUG of the tree labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the control sample.
  • free labeled biologic binding moiety consists of labeled biologic binding moiety that is substantially free of bound biologic (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled biologic).
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
  • the level of a complex formed between the labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC- HPLC).
  • a subpopuiation of the autoantibody to a biologic is a neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb).
  • the total level of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample can be calculated by adding the levels of both neutralizing and non -neutralizing forms of the autoantibody measured in accordance with the methods of the invention.
  • the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is present in a population of autoantibodies comprising both neutralizing autoantibodies and non-neutralizing autoantibodies.
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is further compared to a negative control, a positive control, or a combination thereof.
  • the percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., N Ab) determined in step (d) is compared to a cutoff value or reference range that is established, e.g., from samples with low positivity for the autoantibody.
  • the cutoff value or reference range is expressed as a threshold percent of NAb that the sample must have in order to be considered positive for NAb, In such embodiments, the sample is positive for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is greater than (or equal to) the established cutoff value or reference range.
  • the sample is negative for NAb when the percent ofNAb determined in step (d) is less than (or equal to) the established cutoff v alue or reference range.
  • cutoff values or reference ranges include, e.g., at least about 0.10%, 0.20%, 0.30%, 0.40%, 0.50%, 0.60%, 0.70%, 0.80%, 0.90%, 1.00%, 1.10%, 1.15%, 1.20%, 1.21%, 1.22%, 1.23%, 1.24%, 1.25%, 1.26%, 1.27%, 1.28%, 1.29%, 1.30%, 1.40%, 1.50%, 2.00%, 2.50%, 2.60%, 2.70%, 2.80%, 2.90%, 3.00%, 3.01%, 3.02%, 3.03%, 3.04%, 3.05%, 3.06%, 3.07%, 3.08%, 3.09%, 3.10%, 3.20%, 3.30%, 3.40%, 3.50%, 4.00%, 4.50%,
  • ail of the autoantibodies to the biologic are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (NAb) and'' or 0% non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (non-NAb).
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is generally the same as the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to completely block or interfere with the binding between the biologic and the biologic binding moiety.
  • none of the autoantibodies to the biologic are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% non-NAb and/or 0% NAb,
  • the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is generally absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to not completely block or interfere with the binding between the biologic and the biologic binding moiety.
  • the percent of each species can be expressed on their own (e.g., 50% N Ab or 50% non-NAb is defined as an equal proportion of N Ab and non- NAb in a sample) or as a ratio. In certain instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the percent of NAb by the percent of non-NAb, or vice versa. In other instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the level of NAb by the level of non-NAb, or vice versa.
  • the biologic includes antibodies (e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drag conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic.
  • the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human am -humanized antibodies (ITAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (KAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a. first biologic is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) biologic, the method comprising:
  • the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first biologic is cross-reactive with the second biologic, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will inhibit the activity of both the first and second biological drugs.
  • the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first biologic is not cross-reactive with the second biologic, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will not inhibit the activity of the second biological drug.
  • the first and second biologies are indepedently selected from the group consisting of antibodies (e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drag conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic.
  • the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti -chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step comprising contacting a sample with an acid prior to, during, and/or after contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety.
  • the assay methods of the present invention comprise detecting the presence or level of one or more isoiypes of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample.
  • the present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drag in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa to form: (i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immimo-complex or conj ugate) of the labeled anti-T F drag and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immurso-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled anti-TNFa drug i.e., immurso-complex or conjugate
  • the labeled TNFa i.e., TNF-associated fibroblasts
  • the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other
  • step (d) comparing the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa), thereby detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • a neutralizing form of the autoantibody interferes with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa. In other embodiments, a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody does not interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drag and TNFa.
  • free labeled TNFa consists of labeled TNFa that is substantially free of bound anti-TNFa drug (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled anti-TNFa drag).
  • a neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is the same or substantially the same as the level of th e free label ed TNFa in the control sample.
  • a non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is decreased (e.g., substantially decreased) or absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample.
  • the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is considered to be substantially the same as the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample when it is at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 81 %, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in the control sample.
  • the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is considered to be substantially decreased compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample when it is at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95% less than the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in the control sample.
  • the level of free labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of etution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
  • AUC area under the curve
  • the anti-TNFot drug is selected from the group consisting of REMICADETM (infliximab), ENBKELTM (etanercept), HUMIRATM (adalimumab), CIMZIA ® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI ® (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug.
  • the anti-TNFa drug autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti -humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • the present invention provides a. method for measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., imnmno-complex or conj ugate
  • the labeled anti-TNFa drag and the autoantibody i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalentiy attached to each other
  • a second labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate of the labeled anti-TNFa drug, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
  • step (d) comparing the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to a normalized level or percent of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring and normalizing the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa to calculate the level or percent of free labeled TNFa), wherein the normalized level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample corresponds to the level or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the difference between the normalized level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample and the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) corresponds to the level or percent of a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • free labeled TNFa consists of labeled TNFa that is substantially free of bound anti-TNFa drag (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled anti-TNFa drug).
  • the level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in a control sample is normalized by measuring the peak area, (e.g., by measuring the AUG) of a complex formed between the labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa (e.g., "labeled complex"), and then subtracting the measured peak area of the labeled complex from the peak area of the free labeled TNFa (e.g., by measuring the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peak).
  • a complex formed between the labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa e.g., "labeled complex”
  • the level of free labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled TNFa peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
  • AUG area under the curve
  • SEC-HPLC size exclusion chromatography
  • the level of a complex formed between the labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., [0152]
  • a subpopulation of the autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug e.g., ADA
  • a neutralizing form of the autoantibody e.g., NAb
  • the total level of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample can be calculated by adding the le vels of both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody measured in accordance with the methods of the invention.
  • the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is further compared to a negative control, a. positive control or a combination thereof.
  • negative controls include a mouse monoclonal anti-human IgGi Fc sample and/or a rabbit monoclonal anti-human TgGi Fc sample.
  • positive controls include a pooled ADA-positive patient serum sample and/or a sample of rabbit polyclonal antibodies against the F(ab') 2 fragment of an anti-TNFa drug.
  • the percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) determined in step (d) is compared to a cutoff value or reference range established from a healthly control (e.g., normal human serum).
  • a healthly control e.g., normal human serum
  • the cutoff value or reference range is expressed as a threshold percent of NAb that the sample must have in order to be considered positive for NAb.
  • the sample is positive for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is greater than or equal to the cutoff value or reference range established from the healthly control.
  • the sample is negative for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is less than the cutoff value or reference range established from the healthly conirol.
  • Non- limiting examples of cutoff values or reference ranges include, e.g., at least about 0.25%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 1.00%, 1.50%, 2.00%, 2.50%, 2.60%, 2.70%, 2.80%, 2.90%, 3.00%, 3.01%, 3.02%, 3.03%, 3.04%, 3.05%, 3.06%, 3.07%, 3.08%, 3.09%, 3.10%, 3.20%, 3.30%, 3.40%, 3.50%, 4.00%, 4.50%, 5.00%, 5.50%, 6.00%, 6.50%, 7.00%, 7.50%, 8.00%, 8.50%, 9.00%, 9.50%, 10.00% NAb, or any range therein.
  • the cutoff value or reference range is about 3.00% NAb or about 3.06% NAb or between about 3.00%-3.10% NAb.
  • all the autoantibodies to the anti-TNFa drug are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (NAb) and/or 0% non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (non-NAb).
  • the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is generally the same as the level of the free labeled TNFa in the conirol sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to completely block or interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa, [0156] In certain other embodiments, none of the autoantibod es to the anti-TNFa dmg are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% non-NAb and/or 0% NAb, In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is generally absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to not completely block or interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa,
  • the percent of each species can be expressed on their own (e.g., 50% NAb or 50% non-NAb is defined as an equal proportion of NAb and non- NAb in a sample) or as a ratio. In certain instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the percent of NAb by the percent of non-NAb, or vice versa. In other instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the level of NAb by the level of non-NAb, or vice versa.
  • the anti-TNFa drug is selected from the group consisting of REMICADETM (infliximab), EN BRETTM (etanercept), HUMIRATM (adalimumab), CIMZIA ® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI* ' (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)),
  • a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drag.
  • the anti-TNFa drag autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies ( ⁇ ), and human anti-mouse antibodies (KAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • HACA human anti-chimeric antibodies
  • human anti-humanized antibodies
  • KAMA human anti-mouse antibodies
  • the present invention provides a method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drag in a sample, the method comprising:
  • a first labeled complex i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate
  • a second labeled complex i.e., imrmmo-complex or conjugate
  • step (d) comparing the level of free iabeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the A UG of the free labeled TNFa following SEC of a reference sample), thereby measuring the percent or level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
  • the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak is calculated for the sample (e.g., from a patient) and the control sample.
  • the labeled anti-TNFa drug binds the labeled TNFa and reduces the assay signal (e.g., reduces the AUC of the free iabeled TNFa peak of the sample when compared to the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak of the control sample).
  • the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (NAb) neutralizes the labeled anti-TNFa drug and recovers the assay signal (e.g., restores or recovers the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak of the sample to a level comparable to that of the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak of the control sample).
  • the N Ab activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal.
  • the percent NAb in the sample is equivalent to the percent recovery of the assay signal.
  • the percent NAb is calculated as a ratio of the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak of the sample to the AUC of the free label ed TNFa peak of the control sample.
  • free labeled TNFa consists of labeled TNFa that is substantially free of bound anti-TNFa drug (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled anti-TNFa drag).
  • the level of free labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUC) of the tree iabeled TNFa peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
  • AUC area under the curve
  • the level of a complex formed between the labeled anti-TNFa drag and labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak from a piot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
  • a subpopulation of the autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug is a neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb).
  • the total level of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample can be calculated by adding the levels of both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody measured in accordance with, the methods of the invention.
  • the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is present in a population of autoantibodies comprising both neutralizing autoantibodies and non-neutralizing autoantibodies.
  • the level of the free labeled TNFa. measured in step (c) is further compared to a negative control, a positive control, or a combination thereof.
  • negative controls include a mouse monoclonal anti-human IgGj Fc sample and/or a rabbit monoclonal anti-human IgGi Fc sample.
  • positive controls include a pooled ADA-positive patient serum sample and/or a sample of rabbit polyclonal antibodies against the F(ab') 2 fragment of an anti-TNFa drug.
  • the percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) determined in step (d) is compared to a c utoff value or reference range that is established, e.g., from samples with low positivity for the autoantibody.
  • the cutoff value or reference range is expressed as a threshold percent of NAb that the sample must have in order to be considered positive for NAb.
  • the sample is positive for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is greater than (or equal to) the established cutoff value or reference range.
  • the sample is negative for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is less than (or equal to) the established cutoff value or reference range.
  • cutoff values or reference ranges include, e.g., at least about.
  • the cutoff value or reference range is about 1.28% NAb or between about 1.25%- 1.30% NAb.
  • all the autoantibodies to the anti-TNFa drug are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (NAb) and/or 0% non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (non-NAb).
  • the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is generally the same as the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to completely block or interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa.
  • none of the autoantibodies to the anti-TNFa drug are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% non-NAb and/or 0% NAb.
  • the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is generally absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to not completely block or interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drag and TNFa.
  • the percent of each species can be expressed on their own (e.g., 50% NAb or 50% non-NAb is defined as an equal proportion of NAb and non- NAb in a sample) or as a ratio. In certain instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the percent of NAb by the percent of non-NA b, or vice versa. In other instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the level of NAb by the level of non-NAb, or vice versa.
  • the anti-TNFa dmg is selected from the group consisting of REMICADETM (infliximab), ENBRELTM (etanercept), HUMIRATM (adalimumab), CIMZIA ® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI ® (golimumab; CNTQ 148), and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug.
  • the anti-TNFa dmg autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti -humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising: (a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample in accordance with an assay described herein to determine whether the sample is positive or negative for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody; and
  • the labeled complex is subjecting the labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate the labeled complex (e.g., from free labeled second anti-TNFa drug); and (d) detecting the labeled complex, thereby determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa dmg is cross-reactive with a second anti-TNFa drug.
  • the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will inhibit the activity of both the first and second anti-TNFa drugs.
  • the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is not cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will not inhibit the activity of the second anti-TNFa drug.
  • the first and second anti-TNFa drugs are indepedently selected from the group consisting of REMICADETM (infliximab), ENBRELTM (etanercept), HUMIRATM (adalimumab), CIMZIA ® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI ® (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy.
  • the sample is serum.
  • the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa dmg.
  • the anti-TNFa drug autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), uman ami -humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies ( ⁇ ), as well as combinations thereof,
  • the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step comprising contacting a sample with an acid prior to, during, and/or after contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa.
  • the assay methods of the present invention comprise detecting the presence or level of one or more isotypes of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample.
  • the assays of the present invention can be used to determine different neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing ADA isotypes in samples from ADA-positive patients receiving an anti-TNFa drug such as REMICADETM (infliximab) or HUMIRATM (adalimumab).
  • the one or more isotypes comprises a plurality of at least two, three, four, five, or more isotypes.
  • the one or more isotypes is selected from the group consisting of IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM isotypes, subclasses thereof, and combinations thereof.
  • each autoantibody isotype is characterized, identified, and/or detected by its retention time.
  • each autoantibody isotype is characterized, identified, and/or detected upon a signal that is generated by the proximity binding of detector moieties such as labeled anti-TNFa drag and labeled labeled anti-Ig antibodies specific for different antibody isotypes.
  • the signal comprises a fluorescent signal that can be detected by fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET),
  • a biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • the biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • the biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • a biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • a fluorescent dye e.g., fluorescent dyes.
  • fluorophores or fluorescent dyes include those listed in the Molecular Probes Catalogue, which is herein incorporated by reference (see, R.
  • Such exemplary f!uorophores or fluorescent dyes include, but are not limited to, Alexa Fluor* dyes such as Alexa Fluor ® 350, Alexa Fluor ® 405, Alexa Fluor ® 430, Alexa Fluor ® 488, Alexa Fluor 1 * 514, Alexa Fluor ® 532, Alexa Fluor ® 546, Alexa Fluor ® 555, Alexa Fluor ® 568, Alexa Fluor ® 594, Alexa Fluor ® 610, Alexa Fluor ® 6.3.3, Alexa Fluor ® 635, Alexa Fluor ® 647, Alexa Fluor ® 660, Alexa Fluor ® 680, Alexa Fluor ® 700, Alexa Fluor ® 750, and/or Alexa Fluor ® 790, as well as other fluorophores including, but not limited to, Dansy
  • tetramethylrhodamine 5- (and 6-)isothiocyanate TRITC
  • 6-acryIoyl-2- dimethylaminonaphthalene acrylodan
  • 7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa- 1 ,3,-diazol-4-yl chloride NBD- Cl
  • ethidium bromide Lucifer Yellow
  • 5-carboxyrhodamine 6G hydrochloride Lissamine rhodamine B sulfonyl chloride, Texas RedTM sulfonyl chloride, BOD1PYTM
  • naphthalamine sulfonic acids e.g., l-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonie acid (A S), 6-(p-toluidinyl)naphthalen- e-2 -sulfonic acid (TN8), and the like
  • Anihroyl fatty acid DPH, Parinaric acid, TMA-DPH, Fluoreny
  • naphthyl]vinyl]pyridinium betaine Naphtyl Styryl
  • 3,3'dipropylthiadicarbocyanine diS-C 3 - (5)
  • 4-(p-dipentyl aminostyryl)-l-meth.ylpyridinium di-5-ASP
  • Cy-3 lodo Acetamide Cy-5- N-Hydroxysuccinimide
  • Cy-7-Isothiocyana.te rhodamine 800, 1R-125, Thiazole Orange
  • Azure B Nile Blue, Nile Blue, A3 Phthalocyanine, Oxaxine 1, 4', 6-diamidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI), Hoeehst 33.342, TOTO, Acridine Orange, Ethidium ITomodimer, N(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)- 6-methoxyquinolinium (MQAE), Fura-2, Calcium Green, Carboxy SNARF-6, BAPTA, coumarin, phytofluors, Coronene, metal-ligand complexes, IRDye ® 700DX, IRDye ® 700, IRDye ® 800R.S, IRDye ® 800CW, IRDye ® 800, Cy5, Cy5.5, Cy7, DY 676, DY680, DY682, DY780, and mixtures thereof.
  • fluorophores include enzyme-cofactors; la.ntha.nide, green fluorescent protein, yellow fluorescent protein, red fluorescent protein, or mutants and derivates thereof.
  • the second member of the specific binding pair has a detectable group attached thereto.
  • the fluorescent group is a fluorophore selected from the category of dyes comprising polymethines, pthalocyanines, cyanines, xanfhenes, fluorenes, rhodamines, coumarins, fluoresceins and BODIPYTM.
  • the fluorescent group is a near-infrared (NIR.) fluorophore that emits in the range of between about 650 to about 900 nm.
  • NIR. near-infrared
  • Use of near infrared fluorescence technology Is advantageous its biological assays as it substantially eliminates or reduces background from auto fluorescence of biosubstrates.
  • Another benefit to the near-IR fluorescent technology is that the scattered light from the excitation source is greatly reduced since the scattering intensity is proportional to the in verse fourth power of the wavelength. Low background fluorescence and low scattering result in a high signal to noise ratio, which is essential for highly sensitive detection.
  • the optically transparent window in the near-IR region (650 nm to 900 nm) in biological tissue makes R fluorescence a valuable technology for in vivo imaging and subcellular detection applications that require the transmission of light through biological components.
  • the fluorescent group is preferably selected form the group consisting of IRDye ® 700DX,
  • the near infrared group is IRDye* 800CW, IRDye ® 800, IRDye ® 700DX, IRDye ® 700, or Dynomic DY676.
  • Fluorescent labeling is accomplished using a chemically reactive derivative of a fluorophore.
  • Common reactive groups include amine reactive isothiocyanate derivatives such as FITC and TRITC (derivatives of fluorescein and rhodamine), amine reactive succinimidyl esters such as NHS-fluorescein, and sulfhydryl reactive maleimide activated fluors such as fluorescein-5-maleimide, many of which are commercially available.
  • Reaction of any of these reactive dyes with a biologic results in a stable covalent bond formed between a fluorophore and a biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) or biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa).
  • a biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • Reactive fluorescent dyes are available from many sources. They can be obtained with different reactive groups for attachment to various functional groups within the target molecule. They are also available in labeling kits that contain all the components to cany out a labeling reaction. In one preferred aspect, Alexa. Fluor ® 647 C2 maleimide is used from Invitrogen (Cat. No. A-20347).
  • a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody e.g., NAb and/or non-NAb
  • a biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • Direct labels include fluorescent or luminescent tags, metals, dyes, radionuclides, and the like, attached to the antibody.
  • a biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • a chemiluminescence assay using chemiluminescent biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) is suitable for sensitive, non-radioactive detection of the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb in a sample.
  • chemiluminescent biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • fluorochromes examples include, without limitation, Alexa Fluor ® dyes, DAPI, fluorescein, Hoechst 33258, R-phycocyanin, B-phycoerythrin, R-phycoerythrin, rhodamine, Texas red, and lissamine. Secondary antibodies linked to fluorochromes can be obtained commercially, e.g., goat F(ab') 2 anti-human IgG-FITC is available from Tago Immunologicals (Burlingame, CA).
  • Indirect labels include various enzymes well-known in the art, such as horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase (AP), ⁇ -galactosidase, urease, and the like.
  • HRP horseradish peroxidase
  • AP alkaline phosphatase
  • ⁇ -galactosidase urease, and the like.
  • a horseradish-peroxidase detection system can be used, for example, with the chromogenic substrate teiramethylbenzidine (TMB), which yields a soluble product in the presence of hydrogen peroxide that is detectable at 450 nm.
  • TMB chromogenic substrate teiramethylbenzidine
  • An alkaline phosphatase detection system can be used with the chromogenic substrate p-nitrophenyl phosphate, for example, which yields a soluble product readily detectable at 405 nm.
  • a ⁇ -galactosidase detection system can be used with the chromogenic substrate o-nitrophenyl-p-D-galactopyranoside (ONPG), which yields a soluble product detectable at 410 nm.
  • An urease detection system can be used with a substrate such as urea-bromocresol purple (Sigma. Immunochemicals; St. Louis, MO).
  • a useful secondary antibody linked to an enzyme can be obtained from a number of commercial sources, e.g., goat F(ab') 2 anti-human TgG-alkaline phosphatase can be purchased from Jackson ImmunoResearch (West Grove, PA.).
  • a signal from the direct or indirect label can be analyzed, for example, using a spectrophotometer to detect color from a chromogenic substrate; a radiation counter to detect radiation such as a gamma counter for detection of lji ⁇ ' I; or a fluorometer to detect fluorescence in the presence of light of a certain wavelength.
  • a quantitative analysis of NAb and/or non-NAb levels can be ma.de using a spectrophotometer such as an EM AX Microplate Reader (Molecular Devices; Menlo Park, CA) in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the assays of the present invention can be automated or performed robotically, and the signal from multiple samples can be detected simultaneously,
  • size exclusion chromatography is used.
  • the underlying principle of SEC is that particles of different sizes will elute (filter) through a stationary phase at different rates. This res ults in the separation of a solution of particles based on size. Provided that all the particles are loaded simultaneously or near simultaneously, particles of the same size elute together.
  • Each size exclusion column has a range of molecular weights that can be separated. The exclusion limit defines the molecular weight at the upper end of this range and is where molecules are too large to be trapped in the stationary phase.
  • the permeation limit defines the molecular weight at the lower end of the range of separation and is where molecules of a small enough size can penetrate into the pores of the stationary phase completely and all molecules below this molecular mass are so small that they elute as a single band.
  • the eiuent is collected in constant volumes, or fractions. The more similar the particles are in size, the more likely they will be in the same fraction and not detected separately.
  • the collected fractions are examined by spectroscopic techniques to determine the concentration of the particles eSuted.
  • the spectroscopy detection techniques useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, fiuorometry, refractive index (RI), and ultraviolet (UV).
  • the elution volume decreases roughly linearly with the logarithm of the molecular ydrodynamic volume (i.e., heaver moieties come off first).
  • the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to a biologic in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the biologic, the method comprising:
  • the plurality of time points comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, or more time points.
  • the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to a biologic in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the biologic, the method comprising:
  • step (c) optionally repeating step (b) with n additional samples from the subject at time points t 11+ j , wherein n is an integer from 1 to about 25 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, or any range therein);
  • the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is measured during the course of biologic drug therapy at one or more (e.g., a plurality) of the following weeks: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 1 7, 18, 19, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 80, 90, 100, etc.
  • determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject comprises maintaining, increasing, or decreasing a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject.
  • determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises treatment with a different biologic drug.
  • determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises treatment with the current course of therapy along with another therapeutic agent.
  • determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises changing the current course of therapy (e.g., switching to a different biologic or to a dmg that targets a different mechanism).
  • an Increase in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) over time is an indication that treatment adjustment should be recommended for the subject.
  • a change from an absence of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) to the presence thereof over time is an indication that treatment adjustment should be recommended for the subject.
  • the subject can be treated with the current course of therapy (e.g., taking the existing biologic) along with one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • the subject can be switched to a different biologic.
  • the subject can be switched to a drug (e.g., biologic and/or non-biologic) that targets a different mechanism.
  • the present invention provides a method for optimizing therapy and/or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first biologic, the method comprising:
  • biologic is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) biologic by detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample from the subject in accordance with an assay described herein; and
  • determining that a different course of therapy should be administered comprises switching to a drug (e.g., biologic and/or non-biologic) that targets a different mechanism.
  • a drug e.g., biologic and/or non-biologic
  • the method further comprises determining that a subsequent dose of the current course of therapy be increased or decreased, or that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is not cross-reactive with the second biologic.
  • the different course of therapy comprises treatment with the second biologic.
  • the different course of therapy comprises treatment with the first or second biologic along with one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • the plurality of time points comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, or more time points,
  • the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to an anti-TNFa drag in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
  • step (c) optionally repeating step (b) with n additional samples from the subject at time points t n -i i, wherein n is an integer from 1 to about 25 (e.g., n is I , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23 , 24, or 25, or any range therein);
  • the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is measured during the course of anti-TNFa drag therapy at one or more (e.g., a plurality) of the following weeks: 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 80, 90, 100, etc.
  • determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject comprises maintaining, increasing, or decreasing a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject.
  • determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises treatment with a different anti-TNFa drag.
  • determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises treatment with the current course of therapy along with another therapeutic agent including, but not limited to, an anti- TNF therapy, an immunosuppressive agent, a corticosteroid, a drag that targets a different mechanism, a. nutrition therapy, and other combination treatments.
  • determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises changing the current course of therapy (e.g..).
  • an increase in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) over time is an indication that treatment adjustment should be recommended for the subject.
  • a change from an absence of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) to the presence thereof over time is an indication that treatment adjustment should be recommended for the subject.
  • the subject can be treated with the current course of therapy (e.g., taking the existing anti-TNFa drug) along with one or more immunosuppressive agents such as, e.g., methotrexate (MTX) or azathioprine (AZA).
  • the subject can be switched to a different anti-TNFa drug.
  • the subject can be switched to a drug that targets a different mechanism (e.g., a non-anti-TNFa drug),
  • the present invention provides a method for optimizing therapy and/or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
  • determining that a different course of therapy should be administered comprises switching to a drag that targets a different mechanism (e.g., a non- anti-TNFa drug).
  • a different mechanism e.g., a non- anti-TNFa drug.
  • Non-limiting examples of such drugs include an lL-6 receptor-inhibiting monoclonal antibody, anti-integrin molecule (e.g., Tysabri, Vedaluzamab), JAK-2 inhibitor, tyrosine kinase inhibitor, a nutritition therapy (e.g., special carbohydrate diet), and mixtures thereof.
  • the method further comprises determining that a subsequent dose of the current course of therapy be increased or decreased, or that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is not cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug.
  • the different course of therapy comprises treatment with the second anti-TNFa drug.
  • the different course of therapy comprises treatment with the first or second anti-TNFa drug along with one or more immunosuppressive agents such as MTX or AZA.
  • the present invention may further comprise administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a. course of therapy such as an anti-TNFa drag or a drug that targets a different mechanism (e.g., a non- anti-TNFa drug) useful for treating one or more symptoms associated with a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder (e.g., IBD such as CD or UC).
  • a. course of therapy such as an anti-TNFa drag or a drug that targets a different mechanism (e.g., a non- anti-TNFa drug) useful for treating one or more symptoms associated with a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder (e.g., IBD such as CD or UC).
  • IBD e.g., CD or UC
  • the course of therapy can be administered alone or co-administered in combination with one or more additional agents as described herein.
  • the present invention advantageously enables a clinician to practice "personalized medicine" by guiding treatment decisions and informing therapy selection and optimization for anti-TNF
  • the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step, e.g., to enable equilibration of immune complexes for measuring the presence or level of neutralizing autoantibodies (NAb), non-neutralizing autoantibodies (non- NAb), and/or isotypes thereof that are generated against biologies such as anti-TNFa drugs.
  • NAb neutralizing autoantibodies
  • non-NAb non-neutralizing autoantibodies
  • isotypes thereof that are generated against biologies such as anti-TNFa drugs.
  • the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb to a biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drag
  • a biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drag
  • a subject's sample can be incubated with an amount of acid that is sufficient to provide for the measurement of the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb in the presence of the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa dmg) but without substantial interference from high biologic drug levels.
  • the biologic e.g., anti-TNFa dmg
  • step (a) of the assay methods of the present invention may comprise:
  • a first labeled complex of the labeled biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drag
  • the autoantibody e.g., anti-TNFa drag
  • a second labeled complex of the labeled biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • the labeled biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • the autoantibody e.g., TNFa
  • steps (a') and (b') are performed simultaneously, e.g., the sample is contacted with an acid, a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug), and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) at the same time.
  • step (b') is performed prior to step (a'), e.g., the sample is first contacted with a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drag) and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa), and then contacted with an acid.
  • steps (b ! are performed simultaneously, e.g., the sample is contacted with an acid, a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug), and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) at the same time.
  • step (b') is performed prior to step (a'), e.g., the sample is first contacted with a labeled biologic
  • the sample is contacted with a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) and neutralized (e.g., by contacting the sample with one or more neutralizing agents) at the same time,
  • a labeled biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • a labeled biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • neutralized e.g., by contacting the sample with one or more neutralizing agents
  • the sample is contacted with an amount of an acid that is sufficient to dissociate preformed complexes of the autoantibody and the biologic (e.g., anti- TNFa drag), such that the labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa), the labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug), the unlabeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug), and the autoantibody to the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) can equilibrate and form complexes therebetween.
  • the sample can be contacted with an amount of an acid that is sufficient to allow for the detection and/or measurement of the autoantibody in the presence of a high level of the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug).
  • the phrase "high level of a biologic" such as a high level of an anti-TNFa drug includes drag levels of from about 10 to about 100 Ug mi . , about 20 to about 80 ]Xg/mL, about 30 to about 70 ⁇ g/mL, or about 40 to about 80 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the phrase "high level of a biologic" such as a high level of an anti-TNFa drug includes drug levels greater than or equal to about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100
  • the acid comprises an organic acid.
  • the acid comprises an inorganic acid.
  • the acid comprises a mixture of an organic acid and an inorganic acid.
  • organic acids include citric acid, isocitric acid, glutamic acid, acetic acid, lactic acid, formic acid, oxalic acid, uric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, benzene sulfonic acid, aminomethanesuifonic acid, camphor- 10- sulfonic acid, chloroacetic acid, bromoacetic acid, iodoacetic acid, propanoic acid, butanoic acid, glyceric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, aspartic acid, and combinations thereof.
  • inorganic acids include hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, boric acid, hydrofluoric acid, hydrobromic acid, and combinations thereof.
  • the amount of an acid corresponds to a concen tration of from about 0.01M to about 10M, about 0.1M to about 5M, about 0. ⁇ to about 2M, about 0.2M to about 1M, or about 0.25M to about 0.75M of an acid or a mixture of acids.
  • the amount of an acid corresponds to a concentration of greater than or equal to about 0.01 M, 0.05M, 0.1 M, 0.2M, 0.3M, 0.4M, 0.SM, 0.6M, 0.7M, 0.8M, 0.9M, IM, 2M, 3M, 4M, 5M, 6M, 7M, 8M, 9M, or 10M of an acid or a mixture of acids.
  • the pH of the acid can be, for example, about 0.1 , 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, or 6.5.
  • the sample is contacted with an acid an amount of time that is sufficient to dissociate preformed complexes of the autoantibody and the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug).
  • the sample is contacted (e.g., incubated) with an acid for a period of time ranging from about 0.1 hours to about 24 hours, about 0,2 hours to about 16 hours, about 0.5 hours to about 10 hours, about 0.5 hours to about 5 hours, or about 0.5 hours to about 2 hours.
  • the sample is contacted (e.g., incubated) with an acid for a period of time that is greater than or equal to about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 hours.
  • the sample can be contacted with an acid at 4°C, room temperature (RT), or 37°C.
  • the step of neutralizing the acid comprises raising the pH of the sample to allow the formation of first and/or second labeled complexes described herein.
  • the acid is neutralized by the addition of one or more neutralizing agents such as, for example, strong bases, weak bases, buffer solutions, and combinations thereof.
  • neutralizing agents such as, for example, strong bases, weak bases, buffer solutions, and combinations thereof.
  • neutralizing reactions do not necessarily imply a resultant pH of 7.
  • acid neutralization results in a sample that is basic.
  • acid neutralization results in a sample that is acidic (but higher than the pH of the sample prior to adding the neutralizing agent).
  • the neutralizing agent comprises a buffer such as phosphate buffered saline (e.g., lOx PBS) at a pH of about 7.3.
  • step (b') further comprises contacting an internal control with the sample together with a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) (e.g., before, during, or after dissociation of the preformed complexes).
  • a labeled biologic e.g., anti-TNFa drug
  • a labeled biologic binding moiety e.g., TNFa
  • the internal control comprises a labeled internal control such as, e.g., Biocytin-Alexa 488.
  • the amount of the labeled internal control ranges from about 1 ng to about 25 ng, about 5 ng to about 25 ng, about 5 ng to about 20 ng, about 1 ng to about 20 ng, about 1 ng to about 10 ng, or about I ng to about 5 ng per 100 ⁇ of sample analyzed. In further instances, the amount of the labeled internal control is greater than or equal to about 1 ng, 5 ng, 10 ng, 15 ng, 20 ng, or 25 ng per 100 , uL of sample analyzed.
  • samples such as serum samples can be incubated with 0.5M citric acid, pH 3.0 for one hour at room temperature.
  • an anti-TNFa drug such as Remieade (IF )
  • IF Remieade
  • anti-TNFa drug e.g., anti-drug antibodies such as anti- IFX antibodies (ATI)
  • labeled anti-TNFa drug e.g., IFX-Alexa 488
  • labeled TNFa e.g., TNFa-Aiexa 532
  • an internal control can be added and the reaction mixture (e.g., immediately) neutralized with a neutralizing agent such as lOx PBS, pH 7.3.
  • reaction mixture can be incubated for another hour at room temperature (e.g., on a plate shaker) to allow equilibration and to complete the reformation of immune complexes between the labeled TNFa, the labeled anti-TNFa drug, the unlabeled anti-TNFa drug, and/or the autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug.
  • the samples can then be filtered and analyzed by SEC-HPLC as described herein.
  • the methods of the present invention significantly increases the IFX drug tolerance such that NAb and/or non-NAb ATI can be measured in the presence of IFX up to about 60 g/mL.
  • the methods of the present invention can detect the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb to anti-TNFa drugs such as ATI as well as autoantibodies to other anti-TNFa drugs in the presence of high levels of anti-TNFa drugs (e.g., IFX), but without substantial interference therefrom.
  • Methods for detecting anti-drug antibodies using acid dissociation are further described in PCT Application No. PCT/US2012/025437, filed February 16, 2012, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes,
  • the assays of the present invention are suitable for detecting and/or measuring the presence or absence (e.g., whether positive or negative), level, or percent of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing autoantibodies to any biologic in a sample from a subject (e.g., a subject receiving biologic therapy).
  • Biologicales include antibodies, antibody fragments, proteins, polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins (e.g. , Ig fusion proteins or Fc fusion proteins), multivalent binding proteins (e.g., DVD Ig), antibody-daig conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
  • antibody -based biologies include, but are not limited to, therapeutic monoclonal antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • the antibody comprises an anti-TNFa drug such as REMICADETM (infliximab), HUMIRATM (adaiimumab), C1MZ1A ® (eertolizumab pegol), SIMPONI ® (golimumab; CNTG 148), or combinations thereof.
  • Additional examples of antibody -based biologies include antibody- drug conjugates such as AdcetrisTM (brentuximab vedoiin). Table 1 provides an exemplary list of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies which have either been approved or are currently in development.
  • HumiraTM (adalimumab) Abbott Laboratories Crohn's disease
  • HumiraTM (adalimumab) Abbott Laboratories rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis
  • Simponi® (goiimumab) Janssen Biotech, Inc. rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis
  • anti-CD 16 MAb MacroGenics immune thrombocytopenic daclizumab (anti-CD25 MAb) PDL BioPharma multiple sclerosis
  • HuMax-CD20 (pfatumumab) Genmab rheumatoid arthritis
  • HuZAFTM (fontolizumab ) PDL BioPharma rheumatoid arthritis
  • LymphoStat-BTM (belitmurtab) Human Genome Sciences rheumatoid arthritis, SLE
  • siplizumab (MEDI-507) Medlmmune psoriasis
  • ocrelizumab (anti-CD20) ( 1594) Genentech multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid
  • AnthimTM (ETI-204) Elusys Therapeutics anthrax
  • Aurexis (tefibazumab) Inhibitex prevention and treatment of S.
  • AvastinTM (bevacizumab) Genentech metastatic colorectal cancer
  • Herceptin® (trastuzumab) Genentech FIER2-overexpressing early stage or metastatic breast cancer
  • AMG 623 Amgen B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL)
  • AMG 706 Amgen imatinib-resistant GIST, advanced thvroid cancer
  • AMG 706 Amgen imatinib resistant GIST, advanced thyroid cancer
  • Avastin® (bevacizumab) Genentech relapsed metastatic colorectal cancer, first line metastatic breast cancer, first-line non-squamous NSCLC cancers
  • siltuximab (CNTO 328) Janssen Biotech, Inc. renal cancer, prostate cancer, multiple myeloma
  • CP-751871 (figitumumab) Pfizer adrenocortical carcinoma, non- small cell lung cancer
  • CS-1008 Daiichi Sankyo pancreatic cancer, colorectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, ovarian cancer
  • BrevaRexTM Vi ex.x breast cancer, multiple myeloma denosumab Amgen bone loss induced by hormone ablation therapy for breast or prostate cancer, prolonging bone metastases-free survival, bone metastases in breast cancer ecromeximab Kvowa Hakko USA malignant melanoma
  • EMD 273063 EMD Lexigeti solid tumors, malignant melanoma, neuroblastoma, SCLC
  • HGS ETR2 Human Genome Sciences hematologic and solid tumors
  • HuMax-CD4 (zanolimumab) Genmab cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, non-
  • HuMax CD20 (ofatumumab) Gemnab CLL, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
  • melanoma MCX-010 +/- DTIC
  • second-line metastatic melanoma MDX-010 disomotide/ ovennotide MDX-1379
  • MDX-060 iratumumab
  • Medarex Hodgkin's disease, anaplastic large- cell-lympboma
  • niraotuzumab YM Biosciences squamous ceil carcinomas of the head and neck, recurrent or refractory high grade malignant glioma, anaplastic astrocytomas, glioblastomas and diffuse intrinsic pontine glioma
  • OmnitargTM (pertuzumab) Genentech ovarian cancer
  • OvaRex® (oregovomab) ViRexx MAb ovarian cancer
  • panitumumab (rlluMAb EGFr) Abgenix colorectal cancer
  • PSMA-ADC Progenies Pharmaceuticals prostate cancer
  • MAb 1 ⁇ ' ⁇ ]3 systemic anaplastic large-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's disease
  • ZevalinTM ibritumomab tiuxetan Spectrum Pharmaceuticals non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
  • ReoPro® Eli Lilly adjunct to percutaneous coronary intervention for the prevention of cardiac ischemic complications TABLE I
  • TR 4 anti-CD3 TolerRx iype-1 diabetes mellitus
  • SolirisTM (eculizumab) Alexion Pharmaceuticals paroxysmal nocturnal
  • daclizumab (anti-CD25 MAb) Protein Design Labs sthma
  • mepolizartsab (anti-TL5 MAb) G 1 axo SmithKline asthma and nasal polyposis
  • Simulect® (basilixhxiab) N o rii s Ph armaceuti c ai s prevention of renal transplant rejection
  • Non-limiting examples of protein-based or poiypeptide-based biologies include cytokines (e.g., interleukins), chemokines, growth factors, blood-production stimulating proteins (e.g., erythropoietin), hormones (e.g., Elonva* (follicle stimulating hormone), growth hormone), enzymes (e.g., Pulmozyme ® (dornase alfa)), clotting factors, insulin, albumin, fragments thereof, conservatively modified variants thereof, analogs thereof, and combinations thereof,
  • cytokines e.g., interleukins
  • chemokines e.g., growth factors
  • growth factors e.g., blood-production stimulating proteins (e.g., erythropoietin)
  • hormones e.g., Elonva* (follicle stimulating hormone), growth hormone
  • enzymes e.g., Pulmozyme ® (dornase alfa
  • cytokines include, but are not limited to, TNFa, TNF -related weak inducer of apoptosis (TWEAK), osteoprotegerin (OPG), IFN-a, IFN- ⁇ , IFN-y, interleukins (e.g., TL- l a, IL-l p, IL-1 receptor antagonist (IL- l ra), IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, TL-6, soluble IL-6 receptor (sIL-6 ), IL-7, IL-8, 1L-9, IL- 10, IL-12, 1L- 13 , 11,- 15, IL- 17, 1L-23 , and 11,-27), adipocytokines (e.g., ieptin, adiponectin, resistin, active or total plasminogen activator inhibitor- 1 (PAI- 1 ), visfatin, and retinol binding protein 4 (RBP4)), and combinations thereof.
  • TWEAK TNF -related weak inducer of
  • the interleukin comprises IL-2 such as Proleukin " * (aldesleukin; recombinant IL-2).
  • chemokines include, but are not limited to, CXCL l/GRO l/GROa, CXCL2/GR02, CXCL3/GR03, CXCL4/PF-4, CXCL5/ENA-78, CXCL6/GCP-2,
  • CCL 14/HCC-1 CCL 15/MIP-5, CCL 16/LEC, CCL17 TARC, CCL 18/MIP-4, CCL19/MIP- 3 ⁇ , CCL20/MIP-3 , CCL21/SLC, CCL22/MDC, CCL23/MPIF 1, CCL24/Eotaxin-2, CCL25/TECK, CCL26/Eotaxin-3, CCL27/CTACK, CCL28/MEC, CL 1 , CL2, CX 3 CL1 , and combinations thereof.
  • growth factors include epidermal growth factor (EGF), heparin-binding epidermal growth factor (HB-EGF), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), pigment epithelium-derived factor (PEDF; also known as SERPINF 1 ),
  • amphiregulin also known as schwannorna-derived growth factor (SDGF)
  • basic fibroblast growth factor bFGF
  • HGF hepatocyte growth factor
  • TGF-a transforming growth factor-a
  • TGF- ⁇ ⁇ TGF- ⁇ ⁇ , ⁇ - ⁇ 2, ⁇ - ⁇ 3, etc.
  • ET- 1 endothelin- 1
  • KGF keratinocyte growth factor
  • BMP I -BMP 15 bone morphogenetic proteins
  • PDGF platelet-derived growth factor
  • NEF nerve growth factor
  • ⁇ -NGF neurotrophic factors
  • neurotrophic factors e.g., brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), neurotrop in 3 (NTS), neurotrophin 4 (NT4), etc.
  • growth differentiation factor-9 GDF-9
  • GDF-9 granulocyte-colony stimulating factor
  • G-CSF granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • TPO thrombopoietin
  • receptor construet-based or fusion protein-based biologies include, but are not limited to, naturally-occurring receptors linked to an immunoglobulin frame (e.g., Orencia ⁇ (abatacept; immunoglobin CTLA-4 fusion protein), Amevive " * (alefacept; IgGl fusion protein), ENBRELTM (etanercept; recombinant human TNF-receptor fusion protein), engineered proteins combining two different polypeptide species (e.g., Ontak* (denileukin diftitox; engineered protein comprising interleukin-2 and diphtheria toxin), and combinations thereof.
  • immunoglobulin frame e.g., Orencia ⁇ (abatacept; immunoglobin CTLA-4 fusion protein), Amevive " * (alefacept; IgGl fusion protein), ENBRELTM (etanercept; recombinant human TNF-receptor fusion protein), engineered
  • the present invention can therefore be used in methods for detecting and measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing autoantibodies to biologies such as anti-TNFa drug therapeutics in a sample from a subject receiving biologic therapy for one or more of the diseases or disorders referred to herein and Table 1, including one or more of the following:
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • MS multiple scieorisis
  • SLE systemic lupus erythematosus
  • BEErew's disease lupus, psoriatic arthritis, juvenile idiopathic arthritis, psoriasis, and erythematosus
  • Cancer such as digestive and gastrointestinal cancers (e.g., colorectal cancer, small intestine (small bowel) cancer; gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumors, colon cancer, rectal cancer, anal cancer, bile duct cancer, gastric (stomach) cancer; esophageal cancer; appendix cancer; and the like); gallbladder cancer; liver cancer;
  • digestive and gastrointestinal cancers e.g., colorectal cancer, small intestine (small bowel) cancer; gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumors, colon cancer, rectal cancer, anal cancer, bile duct cancer, gastric (stomach) cancer; esophageal cancer; appendix cancer; and the like
  • gallbladder cancer e.g., colorectal cancer, small intestine (small bowel) cancer; gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumors, colon cancer, rectal cancer, anal cancer, bile
  • pancreatic cancer pancreatic cancer
  • breast cancer lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer); prostate cancer; ovarian cancer
  • renal cancer e.g., renal cell carcinoma
  • cancer of the central nervous system skin cancer; choriocarcinomas; head and neck cancers; hematological malignancies (e.g., leukemia, lymphoma such as B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma); osteogenic sarcomas (e.g., Ewing sarcoma); soft tissue sarcomas (e.g., Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans (DFSP), rhabdomyosarcoma); other soft tissue malignancies, and papillary thyroid carcinomas; [0239] Infectious diseases, such as C. difficile disease, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), HTV, anthrax, candidiasis, staphylococcal infections, and hepatitis C;
  • RSV respiratory syncytial virus
  • Blood disorders such as sepsis, septic shock, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, and hemolytic uremic syndrome;
  • Cardiovascular disease such as atherosclerosis, acute myocardial infarction, cardiopulmonary bypass, and angina;
  • Metabolic disorders such as diabetes, e.g., type-I diabetes mellitus;
  • Neurological disorders such as osteoarthritis pain and Alzheimer's disease
  • Respiratory disorders such as asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorders (COPD), nasal polyposis, and pediatric asthma;
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disorders
  • Skin diseases such as psoriasis, including chronic moderate to severe plaque psoriasis;
  • Transplant rejection such as acute kidney transplant rejection, reversal of heart and liver transplant rejection, prevention of renal transplant rejection, prophylaxis of acute kidney transplant rejection, and renal transplant rejection; and/or
  • kidney inflammation kidney inflammation
  • postmenopausal osteoporosis bone disorders
  • hypereosinophilic syndrome eosinophilic esophagitis
  • peanut allergy eosinophilic esophagitis
  • the subject has a TNF -mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • a TNF -mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • This example illustrates a novel homogeneous assay for detecting or measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drag autoantibodies (ADA) in a patient sample (e.g., serum) using size exclusion chromatography in the presence of labeled (e.g., fluorescently labeled) anti-TNFa drag and labeled TNF .
  • a patient sample e.g., serum
  • labeled e.g., fluorescently labeled
  • this assay is advantageous because it obviates the need for wash steps which remove low affinity ADA, uses distinct labels (e.g., fiuorophores) that allow for detection on the visible and/or T spectra which decreases background and serum interference issues, increases the ability to detect neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing ADA in patients with a low titer due to the high sensitivity of fluorescent label detection, and occurs as a. liquid phase reaction, thereby reducing the chance of any changes in the epitope by attachment to a solid surface such as an ELISA plate.
  • distinct labels e.g., fiuorophores
  • Infliximab (IFX) and adalimumab (ADL) are anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies prescribed for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD).
  • Anti-drag antibodies (ADA) often develop during the course of therapy.
  • a proportion of these ADA are neutralizing antibodies (NAb). While ADA will negatively impact drug pharmacokinetics, the presence of NAb will additionally cause loss of drag efficacy through blockage of the drag's binding site.
  • FTMSA homogenous mobility shift assay
  • HMSA Serum concentrations of IFX and ATI were measured by HMSA as described in, e.g., PCT Application No. PCT/US2012/025437, filed February 16, 2012, and PCT Publication No. WO 201 1 /056590, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by- reference in their entirety for all purposes.
  • patient serum containing ATI was first acid dissociated, then two labeled proteins (e.g., IFX-Alexa488 and TNF alpha- Alexa532) were added, followed by eutralization. The solution was diluted to 2% serum, injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column and complexes monitored by fluorescence.
  • the area under the curve (AUG) of the free TNF-Alexa532 peak in each spectrum was calculated for controls and patient samples and then a percent NAb calculated.
  • ATI that completely block antigen binding are defined as 100% NAb, 50% means that an equal proportion of A TI in the sample is non-N Ab, and 0% means that all ATI is non- NAb.
  • a reference range was established using serum from 75 healthy volunteers.
  • ATI positive serum samples (>3.13 U/mL) from 132 residual IBD patient serum screened for IFX and ATI levels were analyzed for NAb, Positive controls were created using pooled ATI positive patient serum.
  • a peak detection algorithm is used to find all of the peaks and troughs in each spectrum per experiment, A cubic smoothing spline is fit to each spectrum, and peaks and troughs are defined as a change in the first derivative of the signal, A peak is a sign change of the spectrum's slope from positive to negative. Conversely, troughs are defined as a change in sign from negative to positive.
  • the tallest peak within a window at the expected location of the free TNF-Alexa532 peak e.g., 1 1.3 to 13 minutes
  • the troughs directly above and below the detected free peak define the upper and lower limits of the peak itself.
  • T F and IFX Areas under the bound, free (T F and IFX) and negative control peaks are found by integrating the peak area within the limits described above using the trapezoid rule. The % of the TNF-Alexa332 peak area is then calculated for each sample by using the formula.:
  • c AU G of the free TNF-Alexa.532 in normal human serum.
  • the NAb assay of the invention has demonstrated high reproducibility, accuracy, and precision.
  • the intra- and inter-assay precision is less than 20% of CV, and the accuracy of the assay is within 25%.
  • the precision and accuracy obtained with the NAb assay of the invention is substantially better than cell-based assays or ELISAs.
  • IFX drug tolerance is -6 ⁇ ' ⁇ , while TNFa interferes at greater than 1.0 ng/niL.
  • Positive controls from pooled ATI positive patient serum dilute linearly from 40-5% NAb. Analysis of healthy controls shows that samples that return a value of >3% (e.g., .3.06%) are considered NAb positive.
  • ATI positive patient serum samples (3.12-199.43 U/mL) were screened for NAb, and 26 out of 132 (19.7%) of the ATI positive patient serum samples were NAb positive (mean 22.47%, range 3.29-51.63%).
  • ATI levels greater than 60 U/mL corresponded to highly neutralizing Ab.
  • Further analysis of NAb positive samples reveals a linear correlation between ATI titer and NAb positivity.
  • Figure 2 illustrates that an ATI concentration > 60 U/ral is predictive of NAb positivity (NAb+).
  • Figure 3 illustrates an ATI cutoff analysis and demonstrates that ATI predicts NAb with a ROC AUG of 0.931.
  • Example 2 Program Case Studies for Monitoring the Formation of Neutralizing Anti- Drag Antibodies Over Time.
  • This example illustrates additional embodiments of a novel homogeneous assay for detecting or measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug autoantibodies (ADA) in a patient sample (e.g., serum) using size exclusion chromatography in the presence of labeled (e.g., fluorescently labeled) anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa.
  • a patient sample e.g., serum
  • labeled e.g., fluorescently labeled
  • TNFa labele.g., fluorescently labeled
  • this example demonstrates time course case studies of 3BD patients on anti-TNFa drug therapy for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non -neutralizing anti-drug antibodies and/or a shift from non-neutralizing to neutralizing anti-drug antibodies while the patient is on therapy.
  • Figure 4 illustrates detection of ATI (i.e., antibody to IFX; "HACA") by the fluid phase mobility shift assay described herein.
  • ATI i.e., antibody to IFX; "HACA”
  • 444 ng of Aiexa488 labeled IFX (18.8 ⁇ ⁇ 1 in 100% serum) was spiked into a sample to outcompete free IFX.
  • patient semm samples containing complexes of IFX and ATI can be subjected to acid dissociation, wherein equilibration with acid dissociation and label addition followed by neutralization is performed.
  • Figure 5 illustrates an exemplar ⁇ ' ATLTFX fluid phase mobility shift assay of the present invention.
  • samples containing various concentrations of ATI standards or unknowns
  • IFX-488 fluorescently labeled Infliximab
  • Figure 5 shows that large IFX-488/ATI complexes eluted first, followed by smaller complexes and then unbound IFX-488 and the Alexa/488 loading control.
  • Unknown concentrations w r ere determined by interpolation from a standard curve. Detection of IFX followed a similar methodology. 2.
  • Figures 6 and 7 illustrate assays of the present invention for determining whether anti-drug antibodies such as ATI are neutralizing or non-neutralizing autoantibodies using size exclusion chromatography to detect the binding of these autoantibodies to fluorescently labeled anti-TNF drug in the presence of fluorescently labeled TNFa.
  • an anti-TNFa drug such as IFX is labeled with a fluorophore "FT", wherein the fiuorophore can be detected on either or both the visible and IR spectra.
  • T Fa is labeled with a fluorophore "F2", wherein the fluorophore can also be detected on either or both the visible and IR spectra, and wherein "F l " and "F2" are different fiuorophores.
  • the labeled anti-TNFa drag and the labeled TNFa are incubated with human serum in a liquid phase reaction to allow the formation of complexes ⁇ i.e., immune complexes) between the labeled anti-TNFa drug ⁇ e.g., IFX), labeled TNFa, and/or anti-drug antibodies ⁇ e.g., ATI) present in the serum.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a non-neutralizing antidrug antibody (ADA) assay of the present invention in which binding of both the anti-drug antibody ⁇ e.g., ATI) and the labeled TNFa (e.g., Alexa532 labeled TNFa; "TNF-532") to the labeled anti-TNFa drug ⁇ e.g., Alexa488 labeled IFX; "IFX-488") results in a decrease in free TNF-532 levels.
  • ADA non-neutralizing antidrug antibody
  • Figure 7 illustrates a neutralizing ADA assay of the present invention in which binding of anti-drug antibody (e.g., ATI) to the labeled anti-TNFa drug (e.g., IFX-488) without binding of the labeled TNFa (e.g., TNF-532) results in substantially the same amount of free TNF-532 levels as the TNF-532 control.
  • anti-drug antibody e.g., ATI
  • IFX-488 labeled anti-TNFa drug
  • TNFa e.g., TNF-532
  • Figures 8-1 1 illustrate data from a UC patient case study for determining whether anti-drug antibodies such as ATI are neutralizing or non-neutralizing autoantibodies using the mobility shift assays of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 illustrates the levels of IFX and ATI over a time course of 5 samples taken 1 , 2, or 3 months apart.
  • Figure 9 shows peak analy sis to determine the percentage of free TNFa over time. In particular, the peak area of T F-532/IFX-488 complexes was subtracted from the free labeled TNFa area of all samples and then % of free TNFa was calculated.
  • Figure 9 demonstrates an increase in the level of free TNFa o ver the time course of 5 samples taken 1 , 2, or 3 months apart, indicating an increase in neutralizing autoantibody levels.
  • Figure 10 illustrates a shift from the presence of non-neutralizing autoantibodies to neutralizing autoantibodies over time as exemplified in 3 samples taken 2 or 3 months apart and spiked with IFX, For the "Nov Year 1 " sample, non-neutralizing antibody binds to spiked-in IFX and shows a decrease in the TNF--532 peak. For the "Jan Year 2" sample, a mixture of neutralizing antibody
  • NAb non-neutraiizing antibody
  • Figure 10 demonstrates a UC patient ATI profile in which the ATI profile shifts from a non-neutralizing ATI profile to a profile containing a mixture of neutralizing ATI and non-neutralizing ATI to a neutralizing ATI profile over the course of IFX therapy.
  • Figure 11 shows pea,k analysis to determine the percentage of free TNFa over time in samples thai were spiked with IFX.
  • FIG. 11 demonstrates an increase in the level of free TNFa over the time course of samples ta,ken from the UC patient, indicating an increase in neutralizing autoantibody levels and a shift from non-neutralizing ATI to neutralizing ATI while the patient is on IFX therapy.
  • Figures 12-14 illustrate various controls performed using the mobility shift assays of the present invention.
  • Figure 12 shows the use of rabbit anti-human IgGl Fc as a non-neutralizing antibody (Ab) control.
  • Figure 13 shows the use of ATI positive serum as a mixed neutralizing antibody (NAb)/non-neutralizing antibody (Ab) control.
  • Figure 14 shows that purification of ATI from ATI positive serum results in loss of weaker affinity NAb.
  • Figure 15 illustrates peak analysis from a UC patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa in these various controls. In particular, the peak area of the TNF-532/IFX-488 complex was subtracted from the free TNFa area of all samples and then t e percent (%) of free TNFa was calculated.
  • Figures 16-18 illustrate data, from CD patient case studies for determining whether anti-drug antibodies such as ATI are neutralizing or non-neutralizing autoantibodies using the mobility shift assays of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 shows a peak analysis from a CD patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa over a time course of 4 samples taken 7 or 8 weeks apart during a 30-week period.
  • Figure 17 shows a peak analysis from another CD patient case s tudy to determine the percentage of free TNFa over a time course of 3 samples taken during a 50-week period.
  • Figure 18 shows a peak analysis from 4 additional CD patient case studies to determine the percentage of free TNFa in a sample at a particular week during or after induction or maintenance of therapy.
  • Example 3 Detection of Neutralizing Antibody (NAb) Activity via a HPLC Mobility Shift Competitive Ligand-Binding Assay.
  • This example illustrates yet additional embodiments of a novel homogeneous assay for detecting or measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti- drug autoantibodies (ADA) in a patient sample (e.g., serum) using an HPLC size exclusion chromatography assay.
  • a patient sample e.g., serum
  • HPLC size exclusion chromatography assay e.g., HPLC size exclusion chromatography assay.
  • this example demonstrates methods for predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of NAb with alternative biological daigs such as other anti- T F drugs.
  • a multi-tiered approach to immunogenic! ty testing comprises first screening both drug and anti-drug antibodies by a rapid, sensitive screening assay. This approach is recommended by both the FDA and the EMEA and is a useful management tool for large clinical trials and multiple time points per patient. After confirming the presence of ADA such as ATI, patient samples are then further examined for the presence of neutralizing antibodies that may have significant negative clinical consequences. Neutralizing antibodies interfere with the biological activity by binding to or near the active site, or by induction of conformational changes, inducing a loss of efficacy. Samples containing ATI may also be screened for isotype and epitope specificity.
  • a NAb assay has been developed as disclosed herein that utilizes an HPLC mobility shift assay.
  • the multi-tiered approach or test comprises or consists of any one, two, or all three of the following tiers: (1) screening to qualitatively determine if a sample is NAb positive (yes/no based on cuipoint established from analysis of normal human serum); (2) confirming that the sample is NAb positive using, e.g., immunocompetition and/or immunodepletion; and/or (3) predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of NAb with alternative biological drags.
  • a patient sample After a patient sample has been confirmed as positive for ADA, it can be screened for NAb.
  • a subpopulation of ADA is NAb.
  • patient serum containing ADA e.g., antibody to IPX, also known as "ATI” or "HACA”
  • ATI antibody to IPX
  • HACA room temperature
  • Samples are prepared in a 96 well plate and incubation is conducted in the dark on a plate shaker.
  • two labeled proteins e.g., drug-Alexa488 (e.g., IFX-Alexa488) and TNFa- Alexa532 in HPLC water containing 0.1% BSA
  • the samples are neutralized by the addition of 10X PBS, pH 7,3, and incubation for 1 hour at RT in the dark on a plate shaker.
  • the samples are diluted to 2% serum with additional 10X buffer and HPLC water.
  • the samples are then injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column.
  • Complexes or species of differing sizes are separated and monitored by fluorescence, e.g., Free TNFa-Alexa532 ("T F532”), Free IFX-Alexa488 (“IFX488”), TNF532/IFX488 complexes,
  • TNF532/1FX488/AT1 complexes non-neutralizing Ab
  • ATI/IFX488 complexes NAb
  • the sample can be designated as positive or negative for NAb and a titer can be determined.
  • Figure 19 demonstrates detection of non-neutralizing antibody activity via the mobility shift assay.
  • TNF532 Upon combination of TNF532 with IFX488, there is a shift to the retention time of approximately 8 minutes, indicating the formation of a higher molecular weight complex.
  • the Free IFX-488 peak (around 10.5 minutes) completely disappears and the Free TNF-532 peak (around 12 minutes) almost completely disappears as well (indicating the formation of an ATT/IFX/TNF ternary complex).
  • a non-neutralizing Ab that binds away from the active site of IFX follows a similar pattern.
  • the mouse monoclonal antibody e.g., around 7 minutes
  • Figure 13 demonstrates detection of neutralizing antibody activity via the mobility shift assay.
  • a completely neutralizing Ab prevents the ability of IFX to bind to TNF (e.g., due to blockage of the active site). This is seen in the chromatogram as a disappearance of the IFX-488 peak with the formation of a higher molecular weight species. The TNF-532 peak will not change. In reality, most patients experience a combination of non- neutralizing/neutralizing Ab as seen in the pooled patient serum in Figure 13 (ATI Pos.
  • Figure 8 illustrates the development of a NAb response over time in a patient during the course of IFX treatment. While they are positive for ATI at all time points, it is not until the Jan Year 2 (light grey arrow, third from top at - ⁇ 2 min) time point that NAb develops.
  • the ATI/IFX-488 complexes shift to a slightly different retention time (-7.8 minutes) that Indicates a different sized complex as compared to complexes of TNF532/IFX488/ATI (-8,2 and 8.8 mins).
  • Confirmation of neutralizing activity in the presence of additional IFX versus an Irrelevant protein may be performed as well. Patients such as this would be ideal candidates for treatment adjustment.
  • Figure 9 plots the data as a bar graph of the AUC of the % free TNF peak remaining, clearly demonstrating that over time the patient is developing Ab. Even low levels of NAb development observed at early time points are predictive of disease relapse; treatment adjustment for patients displaying this activity is recommended. For example, the patient should be placed on one or more immunosuppressive agents such as methotrexate (MTX) or azathioprine (AZA) while taking the existing anti-TNF drug and/or switched to a different anti-TNF drug.
  • MTX methotrexate
  • AZA azathioprine
  • drag e.g., anti-TNFot antibody
  • concentrations e.g. 1-50 .ug ⁇ 'mL
  • non-specific IgG is spiked in at similar levels.
  • the samples spiked with drug should show a dose response to the dnig and an EC50 of the NAb can be calculated.
  • Non-specific IgG should have no effect. Immunodepietion can also be performed to rule out the effect of the matrix, if necessary.
  • Figure 10 illustrates a shift from the presence of non-neutralizing autoantibodies to neutralizing autoantibodies over time as exemplified
  • Patient serum from each time point responds to spiked-in IFX, showing specificity of response.
  • the NAb becomes more neutralizing and eventually can neutralize >2() ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 ' ⁇ IFX (the April Year 2 sample does not decrease when IFX is spiked- in).
  • a complete titration can be performed to determine the EC50 of the NAb at each time point.
  • the cross -reactivity tier is particularly useful for predicting whether a patient will respond to a drug or therapy such as, e.g., an anti-TNFct drag or therapy.
  • the present invention provides methods to rapidly determine which therapeutic drugs will or will not work in a patient (e.g., a Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, or rheumatoid arthritis patient) based on the ability of an anti-dmg antibody (ADA) to cross-react with a series of different anti-TNF therapeutics.
  • a patient e.g., a Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, or rheumatoid arthritis patient
  • ADA anti-dmg antibody
  • one or more of the following drags may be tested in patients (e.g., Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, and/or rheumatoid arthritis patients) that have NAb to Remicade (infliximab): Enbrel (etanercept); Humira (adalimumab); Cimzia (certolizumab pegol); and Simponi (golimumab).
  • a specific drug e.g., IFX
  • the NAb assay can then be performed with a series of other drags (e.g., fruorescently- labeled drags) using the method of the initial NAb test described above.
  • the predictive test of the present invention is useful in the management of patient treatment by preventing the use of a drug (e.g., an anti-TNFa drug) that will be neutralized by a patient's antibodies.
  • a drug e.g., an anti-TNFa drug
  • the sequence of the binding site of the neutralizing ADA has likely developed in such a way to resemble that of TNFa (see, Figure 20). If the NAb neutralizes any of the other anti-TNF drugs, then those other anti-TNF drugs would likely be a poor alternative to the drug that is already being administered as the patient will likely have an immune response.
  • a cutoff established from normal human serum can be used to determine if a test sample from a patient is positive or negative.
  • the test can be run in a rapid, cost-effective manner in an in vitro setting.
  • the following non- limiting case studies included Patients 1 and 2, who were treated with Reniicade (infliximab), but who subsequently lost response to Reniicade.
  • Patient 1 had UC and Patient 2 had CD.
  • the mobility shift assay described herein clearly demonstrated that Patients 1 and 2 lost response to Reniicade as they developed anti-Remicade antibodies (e.g., ATI). These anti-Remicade antibodies were then shown to be neutralizing antibodies (e.g., NAb).
  • FIG 21 illustrates that Patients 1 and 2 developed neutralizing antibodies (NAb). These NAb compete with TNFa for the Remicade binding site. Importantly, these NAb might cross-react with other anti-TNF therapeutics. If the NAb cross-react with other anti- TNF therapeutics, changing to another anti-TNF therapeutic will not help these patients. As such, the predictive assays of the present invention provide advantages over current methods of managing patients who lose response to Remicade, in which positive HACA (detectable antibody) is managed by changing to another anti-TNF agent (see, e.g., Afif et al, Am. J. Gastroenterol, 105(5): 1 133-9 (2010)).
  • HACA detecttable antibody
  • the assay methods of the present invention predict that these patients will not respond to Humira or any other anti-TNF therapeutics.
  • the patient should not be treated with anti-TNF therapy and should be switched to alternative therapy options, including, but not limited to, Actemra, Kineret, Orencia, Rituxan, and/or Arzerra for rheumatoid arthritis (RA), or Tysabri and/or steroids for Crohn's disease (CD).
  • the methods of the present invention are particularly advantageous for predicting whether a patient will respond to anti-TNFa therapy by determining or measuring the presence and/or concentration level of neutralizing antibodies (NAb) and/or non-NAb in a sample from the patient.
  • NAb neutralizing antibodies
  • the sample contains N Ab to one anti-TNFa drug, these NAb will likely cross -react and be neutralizing to other anti-TNF drags, such that the recommended treatment adjustment for the patient would be to switch to a drug with a different mechanism of action (e.g., a non-anti-TNF agent).
  • Example 4 Assays for Detecting the Presence and Cross-Reactivity of Neutralizing Anti-Drug Antibodies (NAb).
  • This example illustrates additional embodiments rel ated to the assay methods of the present invention for screening to determine if a sample is NAb positive and predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of NAb with alternative biological drugs (see, e.g., Example 3).
  • the assay methods described herein are useful for predicting whether a subject receiving a first anti-TNFa drag will respond to alternative anti- TNFa therapy by determining whether a sample obtained from the subject is either positive or negative for NAb.
  • the methods comprise determining whether the N Ab will cross-react with a second anti-TNFa drug and recommending that the subject be switched to a non-anti-TNFa drug when the NAb cross-react with the second anti- TNFa dmg. If the sample is negative for NAb, the methods comprise recommending that the subject be switched to a second anti-TNFa dmg.
  • Figure 23 shows the generation and use of an exemplar ⁇ ' NAb standard curve of the invention. Samples containing various concentrations of rabbit (Rb) anti-IFX antibody (ATI) semm ⁇ : . ⁇ ..
  • TNF-532/IFX- 488 fluorescently labeled TNF-532/IFX- 488 were injected onto size exclusion columns in 2% serum. Large immune complexes eluted first, followed by smaller complexes and then unbound IFX-488 and TNF-532.
  • the cross-reactivity assay methods of the present invention are particularly useful for predicting whether switching to another biological treatment will be beneficial. After finding that a patient is NAb positive to one drug, fluorescently-labeied alternative drugs can be used in the assay. If patient serum still shows neutralizing capability, the new drug will be unlikely to succeed. Such methods are advantageous because they can be used to screen a panel of drugs in a cost-effective and timely manner to enable a suggestion or indication of the best treatment options.
  • Figures 24 and 25 provide additional case studies to the patient studies described in Example 3 and set forth in Figure 21 .
  • Patients 3 and 4 who were treated with Remicade (infliximab, IFX), but who subsequently lost response to IFX, were identified as being patients who will likely not respond to Humira (adalimumab, ADL) because NAb which developed when the patient was on IFX were determined to be cross-reactive with ADL.
  • Figure 26 shows non-limiting examples of patient studies which demonstrate ATI affinity maturation and the development of cross-reactive ATI.
  • Example 5 Development of a Novel Assay to Monitor Neutralizing Anti-Drug
  • Anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies such as infliximab (IFX), adaiimumab (ADL), and others are prescribed for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD).
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • Certain patients will generate anti-drug antibodies (ADA) that can cause loss of drug efficacy and adverse reactions.
  • ADA anti-drug antibodies
  • NAb Neutralizing ADA
  • Binding ADA interact with structural components other than the antigen binding site and do not directly affect drug efficacy, though they may alter drug phanmocokinetics.
  • ITMSA homogenous mobility shift assay
  • ATI positive patient serum is acid dissociated.
  • the solution is diluted to 2% serum, injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column and complexes monitored by fluorescence.
  • the area under the curve (AUC) of the free TNF-Alexa532 peak is calculated for controls and patient samples.
  • IFX-Alexa488 binds TNF-Aiexa532, reducing the assay signal.
  • NAb neutralizes IFX-Alexa488 and recovers the assay signal.
  • NAb activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal.
  • % Recovery (T F A uc skillet ⁇ -BKGD)/(TNF A ucrushing Free Label -BKGD)* 100, e.g., (Free labeled TNFa A uc of the Sample - BKGD (i.e., "background"))/(Free labeled TNFdAuc of the Control Sample - BKGD)* 100.
  • Figure 27 provides an illustration of the competitive ligand binding assay of the invention.
  • Serum isolated from rabbits immunized with infliximab or adalimumab was used to generate polyclonal antibodies against infliximab and adalimumab.
  • immunoglobulin traction was purified by affinity chromatography and concentration determined by UV/VIS spectroscopy. Purified ATI and ATA was spiked into normal human serum for the sensitivity and specificity experiments.
  • Figure 28 illustrates the clinical utility of the neutralizing assay.
  • the assay cut-off was determined from measuring NAb levels in a. subset of 33 patients with low- ATI positivitv.
  • Purified ATI (19.3 , ug rnL, left), purified ATA (49.1 ⁇ ' ⁇ , right) and monoclonal mouse anti-human Fc (36.8 ⁇ £ ⁇ / ⁇ .) were spiked into 50% normal human serum, 2-fold serial dilutions performed, and tested in the neutralizing assay.
  • the assay sensitivity is defined as the lowest concentration of NAb in neat serum that generates a positive result in the NAb assay (i.e., greater than 1.28%, horizontal dashed line).
  • the assay sensitivity of the ATI and ATA neutralizing assays were determined to be 0.15 and 0.914 ⁇ ig/mL, respectively (neat serum, vertical dashed lines). Both assays are specific for ATI (left) or ATA (right).
  • the leftmost vertical dashed line indicates the concentration of infliximab (4 ,Lig ⁇ 'mL) that increases the CV to greater than 25%.
  • the rightmost vertical dashed line indicates the IC5 0 of 9.9 ⁇ ig/mL.
  • HMSA HMSA 2-fold with normal human serum.
  • the mean (CV%) for each control were 51.35 (10.4%), 28.50 (15.03%) and 10.38 (24.22%) for the High, Medium, and Low controls, respectively.
  • the homogenous, fluid phase NAb assay can detect both ATI and ATA with neutralizing capacity. As little as 0.15 and 0,914 ⁇ »/ ⁇ of neutralizing ATI or ATA, respectively, can be detected with high specificity.
  • the assay can detect NAb in the presence of higher levels of drug (up to 4.0 .ug/mL) than most cell based or other competitive Sigand binding assays.
  • the NAb assay has high accuracy and precision (CV ⁇ 25%) across an extended dynamic range.
  • the presence of neutralizing antibodies may predict loss of response in patien ts undergoing infliximab or adaiimumab therapy. Monitoring of NAb, in addition to drug and ADA levels, will provide necessary information on the AD A response and help guide early therapeutic intervention.
  • Example 6 Characterization of Neutralizing Anti-Drug Antibody Response in Patients with Loss of Response to Anti-TNF Therapy.
  • Anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies such as infliximab (IFX) and adaiimumab (ADL), are prescribed for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease. Certain patients will generate anti-drug antibodies (ADA) that can cause loss of dmg efficacy and adverse reactions.
  • IFX infliximab
  • ADL adaiimumab
  • Neutralizing ADA bind to the antigen binding site, preventing access to TNF and directly preventing drug efficacy. Binding ADA interact with structural components other than the antigen binding site and do not directly affect dmg efficacy, though they may alter drug pharmacokinetics.
  • HMSA homogenous mobility shift assay
  • ATI positive patient serum is first acid dissociated.
  • IFX-Alexa488 and TNF-Alexa532 is added and the solution neutralized.
  • the solution is diluted to 2% seram, injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column and complexes monitored by fluorescence.
  • the area under the curve (AUG) of the free TNF-Alexa532 peak is calculated for controls and patient samples.
  • IFX-Alexa488 binds TNF-Alexa532, reducing the assay signal.
  • NAb neutralizes iPX-Alexa488 and recovers the assay signal.
  • NAb activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal.
  • Example 7 improved Homogeneous Mobility Shift Assay (HMSA) for the Detection of Neutralizing Antibodies (Nab) in iBD Patients Treated with Infliximab or Adalimumab.
  • HMSA Homogeneous Mobility Shift Assay
  • ATI and ATA can be neutralizing antibodies (NAb) that bind to the drag's antigen binding site, preventing access to TNF and directly preventing drag efficacy.
  • NAb neutralizing antibodies
  • the solution is diluted to 4% serum, injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column and complexes are monitored by fluorescence.
  • the area under the curve of the free TNF-A!exa/488 peak is calculated for controls and patient samples, IFX-Alexa488 binds TNF-Alexa488, reducing the assay signal.
  • NAb neutralizes IFX-Alexa488 and recovers the assay signal.
  • NAb activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal.
  • Results The NAb assay described in Example 6 demonstrated high accuracy and precision (CV ⁇ 25%) across an extended dynamic range with a positive cutoff of 1.28% recovery (29.8 ng/mL). Optimization of the assay led to the ability to detect less than 10 ng/mL NAb in patient serum and improved accuracy (CV ⁇ I5%).
  • ATI positive patients were analyzed for neutralizing capability (3.1- 200 U/mL) using the optimized assay described herein compared to the assay described in Example 6.
  • the two assay formats correlated well; however, the optimized assay detected a broader range of neutralizing antibodies (R /';;; 0.998).
  • the presence of detectable neutralizing antibodies was associated with both elevated CRP and decreased drug levels (pO.OOl ).
  • NAb neutralizing antibodies

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Rehabilitation Therapy (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides assays for detecting and measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing autoantibodies to biologies such as anti-TNFα drug therapeutics in a sample. The present invention is useful for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies over time while a subject is on biologic therapy. The present invention is also useful for predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in a subject's sample with alternative biologic therapies. As such, the present invention provides information for guiding treatment decisions for those subjects receiving therapy with a biologic agent and improves the accuracy of optimizing therapy, reducing toxicity, and/or monitoring the efficacy of therapeutic treatment to biologic therapy.

Description

ASSAYS FOR DETECTING NEUTRALIZING AUTOANTIBODIES TO
BIOLOGIC THERAPY
CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS OOGij This application claims priorty to U.S. Application No. 13/802, 117, filed March 13, 2013, which is a continuation-in-part of PCT Application No. PCT/US2012/045794, filed July 6, 2012, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/505,031 , filed J uly 6, 2011, U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/528,072, filed August 26, 201 1, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/535,884, filed September 16, 201 1. This application also claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 61 /732,251 , filed November 30, 2012. The disclosures of each of these applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Autoimmune disorders are a significant and widespread medical problem. For example, rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is an autoimmune disease affecting more than two million people in the United States, RA causes chronic inflammation of the joints and typically is a progressive illness that has the potential to cause joint destruction and functional disability. The cause of rheumatoid arthritis is unknown, although genetic predisposi tion, infectious agents and environmental factors have all been implicated in the etiology of the disease. In active RA, symptoms can include fatigue, lack of appetite, low grade fever, muscle and joint aches and stiffness. Also during disease flare ups, joints frequently become red, swollen, painful and tender, due to inflammation of the synovium. Furthermore, since RA is a systemic disease, inflammation can affect organs and areas of the body other than the joints, including glands of the eyes and mouth, the lung lining, the pericardium, and blood vessels.
[0003] Traditional treatments for the management of RA and other autoimmune disorders include fast acting "first line drags" and slower acting "second line drugs." The first line drugs reduce pain and inflammation. Example of such first line drags include aspirin, naproxen, ibuprofen, etodolac and other non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), as well as corticosteroids, given orally or injected directly into tissues and joints. The second line drugs promote disease remission and prevent progressive joint destruction and are also referred to as disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs or DMARDs. Examples of second line drugs include gold, hydrochloroquine, azulfidine and immunosuppressive agents, such as methotrexate, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil and cyclosporine. Many of these drugs, however, can have detrimental side-effects. Thus, additional therapies for rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune disorders have been sought.
[0004] Tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-a) is a cytokine produced by numerous ceil types, including monocytes and macrophages, that was originally identified based on its ability to induce the necrosis of certain mouse tumors. Subsequently, a factor termed cachectin, associated with cachexia, was shown to be identical to TNF-a. TNF-a has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a variety of other human diseases and disorders, including shock, sepsis, infections, autoimmune diseases, RA, Crohn's disease, transplant rejection and graft-versus-host disease.
[0005] Because of the harmful role of human TNF-a (hTNF-a) in a variety of human disorders, therapeutic strategies have been designed to inhibit or counteract hTNF-a activity. In particular, antibodies that bind to, and neutralize, hTNF-a have been sought as a means to inhibit hTNF-a activity. Some of the earliest of such antibodies were mouse monoclonal antibodies (rnAbs), secreted by hvbridomas prepared from lymphocytes of mice immunized with hTNF-a (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al ). While these mouse anti- hTNF-a antibodies often displayed high affinity for hTNF-a and were able to neutralize hTNF-a activity, their use in vivo has been limited by problems associated with the administration of mouse antibodies to humans, such as a short serum half-life, an inability to trigger certain human effector functions, and elicitation of an unwanted immune response against the mouse antibody in a human (the "human anti-mouse antibody" (HAMA) reaction),
[0006] More recently, biological therapies have been applied to the treatment of autoimmune disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis. For example, four TNFa inhibitors, REMICADE™ (infliximab), a chimeric anti-TNFa mAb, ENBREL™ (etanercept), a TNFR- Ig Fc fusion protein, HUMIRA™ (adalimumab), a human anti-TNFa mAb, and CIMZLA1* (certolizumab pegol), a PEGylated Fab fragment, have been approved by the FDA for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. CIMZIA® is also used for the treatment of moderate to severe Crohn's disease (CD). While such biologic therapies have demonstrated success in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune disorders such as CD, not all subjects treated respond, or respond well, to such therapy. Moreover, administration of TNFa inhibitors can induce an immune response to the drug and lead to the production of autoantibodies such as human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (ITAMA). Such HACA, HAHA, or HAMA immune responses can be associated with hypersensitive reactions and dramatic changes in pharmacokinetics and biodistribution of the immunotlierapeutic TNFa inhibitor that preclude further treatment with the drug. Thus, there is a need in the art for assays to detect the presence of autoantibodies to biologic agents such as anti-TNFa drugs in a patient sample to monitor biologic therapy and to guide treatment decisions. The present invention satisfies this need and provides related advantages as well.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0007] The present invention provides assays for detecting and measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing autoantibodies to biologies such as anti-TNFa drag therapeutics in a sample. The present invention is useful for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies over time while a subject is on biologic therapy (e.g., anti-TNFa drug therapy). The present invention is also useful for predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in a subject's sample with alternative biologic therapies (e.g., alternative anti-TNFa therapies). As such, the present invention provides information for guiding treatment decisions for those subjects receiving therapy with a biologic agent and improves the accuracy of optimizing therapy, reducing toxicity, and/or monitoring the efficacy of therapeutic treatment to biologic therapy.
[0008] In one aspect, the present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic and the autoantibody { . <·.. wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalenily attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic, the labeled biologic binding moiety, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled biologic binding moiety, free labeled biologic, and/or a complex of labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety after size
exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled biologic binding moiety ), thereby detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0009] In certain embodiments, a neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is the same or substantially the same as the level of the tree labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample. In certain other embodiments, a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is decreased (e.g., substantially decreased) or absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample.
[0010] In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic and the autoantibody { . <·.. wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic, the labeled biologic binding moiety, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled biologic binding moiety, free labeled biologic, and/or a complex of labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety after size
exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to a normalized level or percent of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring and normalizing the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled biologic binding moiety to calculate the level or percent of free labeled biologic binding moiety), wherein the normalized level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample corresponds to the level or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[001 J j In some embodiments, the difference between the normalized level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample and the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) corresponds to the level or percent of a non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[ΘΘ12] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immxmo-complex or conj ugate) of the labeled biologic and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic, the labeled biologic binding moiety, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled biologic binding moiety, free labeled biologic, and/or a complex of labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety after size
exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample), thereby measuring the percent or level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[ΘΘ13] in another aspect, the present invention provides a method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first biologic is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) biologic, the method comprising:
(a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample in accordance with an assay described herein to determine whether the sample is positive or negative for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody; and
if the sample is positive for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody, then:
(b) contacting the sample with a labeled second biologic to form a labeled
complex of the labeled second biologic and the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the labeled complex are not eovaiently attached to each other);
(c) subjecting the labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate the labeled complex (e.g., from free labeled second biologic); and
(d) detecting the labeled complex, thereby determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first biologic is cross-reactive with a second biologic.
[0014] In certain embodiments, the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first biologic is cross-reactive with the second biologic, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will inhibit the activity of both the first and second biological drags.
[0015] In certain other embodiments, the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first biologic is not cross-reactive with the second biologic, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will not inhibit the activity of the second biological drug.
[0016] In some embodiments, the biologic includes antibodies (e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as inierleukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drug conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
[0017] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
[ΘΘ18] in certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic. In other embodiments, the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-hunianized antibodies (HAH. A), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
[0019] In certain aspects, the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step comprising contacting a sample with an acid prior to, during, and/or after contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety. [0020] In certain other aspects, the assay methods of the present invention comprise detecting the presence or level of one or more isotypes of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample.
[0021] In one particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drug and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa dmg, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled TNFa, free labeled anti-TNFa drug, and/or a complex of labeled anti-TNFa drag and labeled TNFa;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled TNFa after size exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa), thereby detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0022] In certain embodiments, a neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is the same or substantially the same as the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample. In certain other embodiments, a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is decreased (e.g., substantially decreased) or absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample.
[0023] In another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drag in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drag and a labeled TNFa to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drug and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drag, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); (b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled TNFa, free labeled anti-TNFa drug, and/or a complex of labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled TNFa after size exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to a normalized level or percent of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring and normalizing the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa to calculate the level or percent of free labeled TNFa), wherein the normalized level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample corresponds to the level or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0024] In some embodiments, the difference between the normalized level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in the con trol sample and the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) corresponds to the level or percent of a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0025] In yet another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa dmg and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other) and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drug, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate t em from free (i.e., unbound) labeled TNFa, free labeled anti-TNFa dmg, and/or a complex of labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa; (c) measuring the level of free labeled TNFa after size exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled TNFa pea,k following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of free iabeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the le vel of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled TNFa following SEC of a reference sample), thereby measuring the percent or level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
In still yet another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) anti-TNFa drag, the method comprising:
(a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample in accordance with an assay described herein to determine whether the sample is positive or negative for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody; and
if the sample is positive for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody, then:
(b) contacting the sample with a labeled second anti-TNFa drug to form a iabeled complex of the labeled second anti-TNFa drug and the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the labeled complex are not covaiently attached to each other);
(c) subjecting the labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate the labeled complex (e.g., from free labeled second anti-TNFa drag); and (d) detecting the iabeled complex, thereby determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second anti-TNFa drug, [0027] In certain embodiments, the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will inhibit the activity of both the first and second anti-TNFa drugs.
[0028] In certain other embodiments, the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is not cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will not inhibit the activity of the second anti-TNFa drag. [0029] In some embodiments, the anti-TNFa drug is selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab), ENBREL™ (etanercept), HUMIRA™ (adalimumab), CIMZIA® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI® (golimumab; C TO 148), and combinations thereof.
[0030] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drag therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is seram. In particular embodiments, the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
[0031] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug. In other embodiments, the anti-TNFa drug autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (FIAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
[0032] In certain aspects, the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step comprising contacting a sample with an acid prior to, during, and/or after contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa.
[0033] in certain other aspects, the assay methods of the present invention comprise detecting the presence or level of one or more isotypes of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drag in a sample.
[ΘΘ34] In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to a biologic in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the biologic, the method comprising:
(a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the biologic in accordance with the assay described herein at a plurality of time points over the course of therapy;
(b) detecting a change in the presence, level, or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time; and
(c) determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the presence, level, or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time. [0035] In one particular aspect, the present Invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to a biologic in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the biologic, the method comprising:
(a) measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the biologic in a first sample from the subject as described herein at time point ¾;
(b) measuring the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a second sample from the subject as described herein at time point tj ;
(c) optionally repeating step (b) with n additional samples from the subject at time points tn r i, wherein n is an integer from 1 to about 25 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, or any range therein);
(d) detecting a change in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the
autoantibody from time points to to tt or from time points to to ; and
(e) determining a. subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time.
[0036] In an additional aspect, the present invention provides a method for optimizing therapy and/or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first biologic, the method comprising:
(a) determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the first
biologic is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) biologic by detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample from the subject in accordance with an assay described herein; and
(b) determining that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is cross-reactive with the second biologic.
[0037] In one particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to an anti-TNFa drug in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
(a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug in accordance with the assay described herein at a plurality of time points over the course of therapy; (b) detecting a change in the presence, level, or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time; and
(c) determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the presence, level, or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time.
[0038] In another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for monitoring and'or optimizing therapy to an anti-TNFcc drag in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
(a) measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug in a first sample from the subject as described herein at time point to;
(b) measuring the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a second sample from the subject as described herein at time point tj ;
(c) optionally repeating step (b) with n additional samples from the subject at time points t i, wherein n is an integer from 1 to about 25 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23 , 24, or 25, or any range therein);
(d) detecting a change in the le vel or percent of the neutralizing form of the
autoantibody from time points to to X\ or from time points to to tn+i; and
(e) determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time.
[0039] In yet another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for optimizing therapy and'or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
(a) determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the first anti- TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) anti-TNFa drag by detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample from the subject in accordance with an assay described herein; and (b) determining that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug,
[0040] Other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will be apparent to one of skill in the art from the following detailed description and figures.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0041] Figure 1 illustrates that there was a clear relationship between NAb percent (y-axis) and ATI levels,
[0042] Figure 2 illustrates thai an ATI concentration > 60 U/ml is predictive of NAb+. [0043] Figure 3 illustrates thai ATI predicts NAb with a ROC AUG of 0.931.
[0044] Figure 4 illustrates detection of ATI by the fluid phase mobility shift assay of the present invention.
[0045] Figure 5 illustrates an exemplary ATI/TFX fluid phase mobility shift assay of the present invention. [ 0046] Figure 6 illustrates a non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody (ADA) assay of the present invention.
[0047] Figure 7 illustrates a neutralizing ADA assay of the present inven tion.
[0048] Figure 8 illustrates the levels of IFX and ATI over a time course of 5 samples from a UC patient taken 1, 2, or 3 months apart. [0049] Figure 9 shows peak analysis to determine the percentage of free TNFa over time in a UC patient.
[0050] Figure 10 illustrates a shift from the presence of non-neutralizing autoantibodies to neutralizing autoantibodies over time as exemplified in 3 samples from a UC patient taken 2 or 3 months apart and spiked with IFX. [0051] Figure II shows peak analysis to determine the percentage of free TNFa over time in samples from a UC patient that were spiked with IFX.
[0052] Figure 12 shows the use of rabbit anti-human IgG l Fc as a non-neutralizing antibody (Ab) control. [0053] Figure 13 shows the use of ATI positive serum as a mixed neutralizing antibody (NAbVnon-neutralizing antibody (Ab) control
[0054] Figure 14 shows that purification of ATI from ATI positive serum results in loss of weaker affinity NAb. [0055] Figure 15 illustrates peak analysis from a UC patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa in these various controls,
[0056] Figure 16 shows a peak analysis from a CD patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa over a time course of 4 samples taken 7 or 8 weeks apart during a 30-week period. [0057] Figure 17 shows a peak analysis from another CD patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa over a time course of 3 samples taken during a 50-week period.
[0058] Figure 18 shows a peak analysis from 4 additional CD patient case studies to determine the percentage of free TNFa in a sample at a particular week during or after induction or maintenance of therapy . [0059] Figure 19 shows detection of non-neutralizing antibody activity via the mobility shift assay.
[0060] Figure 20 depicts the cross-reactivity of ADA against both IFX and ADL, wherein the binding site of ADA mimics the binding site of TNFa and can therefore bind to multiple anti-TNF drugs. [0061] Figure 21 shows two patient examples (Patients 1 and 2) in which cross-reactivity of NAb produced in response to one anti-TNF drag was determined for other anti-TNF drags. In particular, NAb which developed when the patient was on Remicade (IFX) were tested against Humira (ADL).
[0062] Figure 22 shows exemplary embodiments of the assays of the present invention to detect the presence of non-neutralizing antibodies (non-NAb) (top) or neutralizing antibodies (NAb) (bottom) against a drug such as IFX or ADL.
[ΘΘ63] Figure 23 shows the generation and use of a. NAb standard curve.
[ΘΘ64] Figure 24 provides the results of a case study for Patient 3, who was treated with IFX but lost response to IFX, to determine the cross-reactivity of NAb generated against IFX to ADL. [0065] Figure 25 provides the results of a case study for Patient 4, who was treated with IPX but lost response to IPX, to determine the cross-reactivity of N Ab generated against IPX to ADL.
[0066] Figure 26 shows non-limiting examples of patient studies which demonstrate ATI affinity maturation and the development of cross-reactive ATI.
[0067] Figure 27 illustrates one embodiment of the competitive ligand binding NAb assay of the invention. Free TNF-532 represents the maximum assay signal. TNF-532/TFX-488 negative control containing no ATI represents minimum assay signal. (A) Binding ATI that does not affect assay signal. (B) Neutralizing ATI patient serum that restores assay signal. [0068] Figure 28 shows the clinical utility of the neutralizing assay of the invention.
[0069] Figure 29 shows the performance characteristics of the neutralizing assay of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION L Introduction
[0070] The present invention is based in pari on the discovery that a homogeneous mobility shift assay using size exclusion chromatography and optionally acid dissociation to enable equilibration of immune complexes is particularly advantageous for measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of autoantibodies (e.g., HACA, HAHA, etc.) that are generated against biologies such as anti-TNFa drugs. Such autoantibodies are also known as anti-drug antibodies or ADA, and neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms thereof are also known as NAb and non-NAb, respectively.
[0071] In particular embodiments, the homogeneous mobility shift assays of the invention are performed by contacting a subject's sample with (e.g., fluorescently) labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and (e.g., fluorescently) labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa). The assays described herein are advantageous for at least the following reasons: they obviate the need for wash steps which remove low affinity ADA; they use distinct labels such as fluorophores that allow for detection on the visible, IR, and/or near IR (NIR) spectra which decreases background and serum interference issues; they increase the ability to detect neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing ADA in subjects with a low titer due to the high sensitivity of fluorescent label detection; and they occur as a liquid phase reaction, thereby reducing the chance of any changes in the epitope by attachment to a solid surface such as an ELISA plate. [0072] In exemplary embodiments, the assays of the present invention are advantageous because they enable time course case studies of IBD subjects on anti-TNFa drug therapy for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in multiple samples at different time points. The assays of the present invention are also advantageous because they enable the determination of whether there is a shift from non- neutralizing to neutralizing anti-drug antibodies over time while a subject is on anti-TNFa drug therapy. Without being bound to any particular theory, neutralizing anti-drug antibodies may have significant negative clinical consequences because they interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa, thereby inducing a loss of efficacy. [0073] In additional exemplary embodiments, the assays of the present invention find utility in predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in a subject's sample with alternative biological drugs such as other anti-TNF drugs. For illustration purposes only, if the sample contains neutralizing ADA to one anti- TNFa drug, these neutralizing ADA will likely cross-react and be neutralizing to other anti- TNFa drugs, such that the recommended treatment adjustment for the subject would be to switch to a drug with a different mechanism of action (e.g., a non-anti-TNF agent). However, if the sample contains non-neutralizing ADA to one anti-TNFa drug, the recommended treatment adjustment for the subject could be to switch to another anti-TNFa drug.
[0074] Accordingly, the present invention addresses and overcomes current limitations associated with the administration of anti-TNFa drugs, such as infliximab and adalimumab, in part, by providing information useful for guiding treatment decisions for those subjects receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy. The methods of the present invention are particularly useful for monitoring those subjects receiving an anti-TNFa drug to detect or measure the formation and/or development of neutralizing ADA (e.g., over time during a course of anti- TNFa drug therapy) and are also useful to detect or measure a change in (e.g., increase) the amount, percent, or ratio of neutralizing ADA compared to non-neutralizing ADA over time while a subject is on anti-TNFa drug therapy,
[0075] As such, the present invention provides methods for determining when and/or how (1) to adjust or modify (e.g., increase or decrease) the subsequent dose of an anti-TNFa drug to optimize therapeutic efficacy and/or to reduce toxicity in view of the presence, level, or percent of neutralizing ADA, (2) to combine an anti-TNFa drug (e.g., at an initial, increased, decreased, or same dose) with one or more immunosuppressive agents such as methotrexate (MTX) or azathioprine (AZA) in view of the presence, level, or percent of neutralizing ADA , and/or (3) to change the current course of therapy (e.g., switch to a different anti-TNFa drug or to a drug that targets a different mechanism) in view of the presence, level, or percent of neutralizing ADA, Such methods are useful for ensuring that subjects receiving anti-TNFa drugs are getting the right dose, that they are not developing an immune response against the drug, and that they should be switched to a different drug due to failure with the initial drug (e.g., development of cross-reactive neutralizing ADA against the initial anti-TNFa drug).
Π. Definitions
[0076] As used herein, the following terms have the meanings ascribed to them unless specified otherwise.
[0077] The terms "biologic" or "biologic agent" or "biological drug" as used herein encompass products and substances produced from or extracted from a biological system (e.g., a living organism). Non-limiting examples of biologies include antibodies, antibody fragments, proteins, polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins (e.g., Ig fusion proteins or Fc fusion proteins), multivalent binding proteins (e.g., DVD Ig), antibody-drug conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof,
[0078] The term "biologic binding moiety" includes any molecule, agent, or substance that (e.g., specifically) binds to or interacts with a biologic, in certain instances, a neutralizing form of the autoantibody interferes with the binding between the biologic binding moiety and the biologic. In certain other instances, a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody does not interfere with the binding between the biologic binding moiety and the biologic. As one non- limiting example, the biologic binding moiety comprises TNFcc when the biologic comprises an anti-TNFa drug. As another non-limiting example, the biologic binding moiety comprises an interleukin receptor (e.g., a soluble extracellular fragment of an interleukin receptor) when the biologic comprises an interleukin such as IL-2. [0079] The terms "anti-TNFa drug" or "TNFa inhibitor" as used herein are intended to encompass agents including proteins, antibodies, antibody fragments, fusion proteins (e.g., Ig fusion proteins or Fc fusion proteins), multivalent binding proteins (e.g., DV ) Ig), small molecule TN Fa antagonists and similar naturally- or nonnaturally-occurring molecules, and/or recombinant and'or engineered forms thereof, that, directly or indirectly, inhibit TNFa activity, such as by inhibiting interaction of TNFa with a cell surface receptor for TNFa, inhibiting TNFa protein production, inhibiting TNFa gene expression, inhibiting TNFa secretion from cells, inhibiting TNFa receptor signaling or any other means resulting in decreased TNFa activity in a subject. The term "anti-TNFa drug" or "TNFa inhibitor" preferably includes agents which Interfere with TNFa activity. Examples of anti-TNFa drugs include, without limitation, infliximab (REMICADE™, Johnson and Johnson), human anti- NF monoclonal antibody adalimumab (D2E7/HUMIRA™, Abbott Laboratories), etanercept (ENBREL™, Amgen), certolizumab pegol (CIMZIA®, UCB, Inc.), golimumab (SIMPONI®; CNTO 148), CDP 571 (Celltech), CDP 870 (Cell tech), as well as other compounds which inhibit TNFa activity, such that when administered to a subject suffering from or at risk of suffering from a disorder in which TNFa activity is detrimental (e.g., RA), the disorder is treated.
[0080] The term "TNFa" is intended to include a human cytokine that exists as a 17 kDa secreted form and a 26 kDa membrane associated form, the biologically active form of which is composed of a trimer of noncovalently bound 17 kDa molecules. The structure of TNFa is described further in, for example, Jones ei ah, Nature, 338:225-228 (1989). The term TNFa is intended to include human TNFa, a recombinant human TNFa (rhTNF-a), or TNFa that is at least about 80% identity to the human TNFa protein. Human TNFa consists of a 35 amino acid (aa) cytoplasmic domain, a 21 aa transmembrane segment, and a 177 aa extracellular domain (ECD) (Pennica, D. el oi. ( 1984) Nature 312:724). Within the ECD, human TNFa shares 97% aa sequence identity with rhesus TNFa, and 71 % to 92% aa sequence identity with bovine, canine, cotton rat, equine, feline, mouse, porcine, and rat TNFa. TNFa can be prepared by standard recombinant expression methods or purchased commercially (R & D Systems, Catalog No. 210-TA, Minneapolis, Minn.).
[0081] In certain embodiments, "TNFa" is an "antigen," which includes a molecule or a portion of the molecule capable of being bound by an anti-TNF-a drug. TNFa can have one or more than one epitope. In certain instances, TNFa will react, in a highly selective manner, with an anti-TNFa antibody. Preferred antigens that bind antibodies, fragments, and regions of anti-TNFa antibodies include at least 5 amino acids of human TNFa. In certain instances, TNFa is a sufficient length having an epitope of TNFa thai is capable of binding anti-TNF antibodies, fragments, and regions thereof.
[0082] The term "size exclusion chromatography" or "SEC" includes a chromatographic method in which molecules in solution are separated based on their size and/or hydrodynamic volume. It is applied to large molecules or macromolecular complexes such as proteins and their conjugates. Typically, when an aqueous solution is used to transport the sample through the column, the technique is known as gel filtration chromatography. [0083] The terras "complex," "imtmino-complex," ''conjugate," and "immunoconjugate" include, but are not limited to, T'NFa bound (e.g., by non-covafent means) to an anti-TNFa drug, an anti-TNFa drug bound (e.g., by non-covalent means) to an autoantibody against the anti-TNFa drug (e.g., a neutralizing or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody), and an anti- TNFa drug bound (e.g., by non-covalent means) to both TNFa and an autoantibody against the anti-TNFa drug (e.g., a neutralizing or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody).
[0084] As used herein, an entity that is modified by the term "labeled" includes any entity, molecule, protein, enzyme, antibody, antibody fragment, cytokine, or related species that is conjugated with another molecule or chemical entity that is empirically detectable. Chemical species suitable as labels for labeled-entities include, but are not limited to, fluorescent dyes, e.g. Alexa Fluor*1 dyes such as Alexa Fluor® 647, quantum dots, optical dyes, luminescent dyes, and radionuclides, e.g.
[0085] The phrase "fluorescence label detection" includes a means for detecting a fluorescent label. Means for detection include, but are not limited to, a spectrometer, a fluorimeter, a photometer, and a. detection device commonly incorporated with a
chromatography instrument such as, but not limited to, size exclusion-high performance liquid chromatography, such as, but not limited to, an Agilent- 1200 HPLC System.
[0086] The phrase "optimize therapy" includes optimizing the dose (e.g., the effective amount or level) and/'or the type of a particular therapy. For example, optimizing the dose of an anti-TNFa drug includes increasing or decreasing the amount of the anti-TNFa drug subsequently administered to a subject. In certain instances, optimizing the type of an anti- TNFa drug includes changing the administered anti-TNFa drug from one drug to a different drug (e.g., a different anti-TNFa drug or a drug that targets a. different mechanism). In other instances, optimizing therapy includes co-administering a dose of an anti-TNFa drug (e.g., at an increased, decreased, or same dose as the previous dose) in combination with one or more immunosuppressive drugs.
[0087] The term "co-administer" includes to administer more than one active agent, such that the duration of phy siological effect of one active agent overlaps with the physiological effect of a second active agent. [0088] The term "subject," "patient," or "individual" typically includes humans, but also includes other animals such as, e.g. , other primates, rodents, canines, felines, equities, ovines, porcines, and the like. [0089] The terra "course of therapy" includes any therapeutic approach taken to relieve or prevent one or more symptoms associated with a disease or disorder. The term encompasses administering any compound, drug, procedure, and/or regimen useful for improving the health of an individual with a disease or disorder and includes any of the therapeutic agents described herein. As a non-limi ting example, the course of therapy or the dose of the current course of therapy can be changed (e.g., increased or decreased) based upon the presence or concentration level of TNFa, anti-TNFa drug, and'Or anti-drug antibody (e.g., the presence, level, or percent of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody determined using the methods of the invention). [0090] The term "immunosuppressive drag" or "immunosuppressive agent" includes any substance capable of producing an immunosuppressive effect, e.g., the prevention or diminution of the immune response, as by irradiation or by administration of drugs such as anti-metabolites, anti-lymphocyte sera, antibodies, etc. Examples of immunosuppressive drugs include, without limitation, thiopurine drags such as azathioprine (AZA) and metabolites thereof; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate (MTX); siroiimus (rapamycin); temsiroliraus; everolimus; tacrolimus (FK-506); FK-778; anti-lymphocyte globulin antibodies, anti-thymocyte globulin antibodies, anti-CD3 antibodies, anti-CD4 antibodies, and antibody-toxin conjugates; cyclosporine: mycophenoiate; mizoribine monophosphate; scoparone; glatiramer acetate; metabolites thereof; pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; derivatives thereof; prodrugs thereof; and combinations thereof.
[0091] The term "thiopurine drug" includes azathioprine (AZA), 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP), or any metabolite thereof that has therapeutic efficacy and includes, without limitation, 6- thioguanine (6-TG), 6-methyimercaptopurine riboside, 6-thioinosine nucleotides (e.g., 6- thioinosine monophosphate, 6-thioinosine diphosphate, 6-thioinosine triphosphate), 6- thioguanine nucleotides (e.g., 6-thioguanosine monophosphate, 6-thioguanosinc diphosphate, 6-thioguanosine triphosphate), 6-thioxanthosine nucleotides (e.g., 6-thioxanthosine monophosphate, 6-thioxanthosine diphosphate, 6-thioxanthosine triphosphate), derivatives thereof, analogues thereof, and combinations thereof.
[0092] The term "sample" includes any biological specimen obtained from an individual. Samples include, without limitation, whole blood, plasma, serum, red blood ceils, white blood cells (e.g., peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), polymorphonuclear (PMN) cells), ductal lavage fluid, nipple aspirate, lymph (e.g., disseminated tumor cells of the lymph node), bone marrow aspirate, saliva, urine, stool (i.e., feces), sputum, bronchial lavage fluid, tears, fine needle aspirate (e.g., harvested by random periareolar fine needle aspiration), any other bodily fluid, a tissue sample such as a biopsy of a site of inflammation (e.g., needle biopsy), cellular extracts thereof, and an immunoglobulin enriched fraction derived from one or more of these bodily fluids or tissues. In some embodiments, the sample is whole blood, a fractional component thereof such as plasma, serum, or a cell pellet, or an immunoglobulin enriched fraction thereof. One skilled in the art will appreciate that samples such as serum samples can be diluted prior to the analysis. In certain embodiments, the sample is obtained by isolating PBMCs and/or PMN cells using any technique known in the art. In certain other embodiments, the sample is a tissue biopsy such as, e.g., from a site of inflammation such as a portion of the gastrointestinal tract or synovial tissue. [0093] The steps of the methods of the present in vention do not necessarily have to be performed in the particular order in which they are presented. A person of ordinary skill in the art would understand that other orderings of the steps of the methods of the invention are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
[0094] Brackets, "[ ]" indicate that the species within the brackets are referred to by their concentration.
ML Description of the Embodiments
[0095] The present invention provides assays for detecting and measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing autoantibodies to biologies such as anti-TNFa dmg therapeutics in a sample. The present invention is useful for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies over time while a subject is on biologic therapy (e.g., anti-TNFa drug therapy). The present invention is also useful for predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of neutralizing anti-drug antibodies in a subject's sample with alternative biologic therapies (e.g., alternative anti-TNFa therapies). As such, the present invention provides information for guiding treatment decisions for those subjects receiving therapy with a biologic agent and improves the accuracy of optimizing therapy, reducing toxicity, and/or monitoring the efficacy of therapeutic treatment to biologic therapy.
[0096] in one aspect, the present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a. labeled biologic binding moiety to form: (i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immimo-complex or conj ugate) of the labeled biologic and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., imrnuno-cornplex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic, the labeled biologic binding moiety, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled biologic binding moiety, free labeled biologic, and/or a complex of labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety after size
exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled biologic binding moiety), thereby detecting the presence of a. neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0097] In some embodiments, a neutralizing form of the autoantibody interferes with the binding between the biologic and biologic binding moiety. In other embodiments, a non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody does not interfere with the binding between the biologic and biologic binding moiety.
[0098] In some instances, free labeled biologic binding moiety consis ts of labeled biologic binding moiety that is substantially free of bound biologic (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled biologic).
[0099] In certain embodiments, a neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the le vel of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is the same or substantially the same as the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample. In certain other embodiments, a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is decreased (e.g., substantially decreased) or absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample.
[0100] In particular embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is considered to be substantially the same as the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample when it is at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 81%», 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in the control sample. In particular embodiments, the le vel of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is considered to be substan tially decreased compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample when it is at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95% less than the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in the control sample.
[0101] In some embodiments, the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a. function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
[0102] In some embodiments, the biologic includes antibodies (e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drag conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
[0103] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
[0104] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic. In other embodiments, the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti -humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
[0105] In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising: contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic, the labeled biologic binding moiety, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled biologic binding moiety, free labeled biologic, and/or a complex of labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety;
measuring the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety after size exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety pea,k following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
comparing the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to a normalized level or percent of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample (e.g., by measuring and normalizing the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled biologic binding moiety to calculate the level or percent of free labeled biologic binding moiety), wherein the normalized level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample corresponds to the level or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
In some embodiments, the difference between the normalized level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample and the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) corresponds to the level or percent of a non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0107] In some instances, free labeled biologic binding moiety consists of labeled biologic binding moiety that is substantially free of bound biologic (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled biologic). [0108] In particular embodiments, the level or percent of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample is normalized by measuring the peak area (e.g., by measuring the AUG) of a complex formed between the labeled biologic and the labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., "labeled complex"), and then subtracting the measured peak area of the labeled complex from the peak area of the free labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., by measuring the AIJC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak).
[0109] In certain embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC). In other embodiments, the level of a complex formed between the labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC- HPLC). [0110] In certain embodiments, a subpopuiation of the autoantibody to a biologic (e.g.,
ADA) is a neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb). In some embodiments, the total level of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample can be calculated by adding the levels of both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody measured in accordance with the methods of the invention.
f 0111] in some embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is further compared to a negative control, a positive control, or a combination thereof. In further embodiments, the percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) determined in step (d) is compared to a cutoff value or reference range established from a healthly control (e.g., normal human serum). In some embodiments, the cutoff value or reference range is expressed as a threshold percent of NAb that the sample must have in order to be considered positive for NAb. In such embodiments, the sample is positive for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is greater than or equal to the cutoff value or reference range established from the healthly control. In other embodiments, the sample i s negative for NA b when the percent of N Ab determined in step (d) is less than the cutoff value or reference range established from the healthly control. Non- limiting examples of cutoff values or reference ranges include, e.g., at least about 0.25%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 1.00%, 1.50%, 2.00%, 2.50%, 2.60%, 2.70%, 2.80%, 2.90%, 3.00%, 3.01 %, 3.02%, 3.03%, 3.04%, 3.05%, 3.06%, 3.07%, 3.08%, 3.09%, 3.10%, 3.20%, 3.30%, 3.40%, 3.50%, 4.00%, 4.50%, 5.00%, 5.50%, 6.00%, 6.50%, 7.00%, 7.50%, 8.00%, 8.50%, 9.00%, 9.50%, 10.00% NAb, or any range therein.
[0112] In some embodiments, all of the autoantibodies to the biologic are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% neutralizing anti-drag antibodies (NAb) and/or 0% non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (non-NAb ). In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is generally the same as the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to completely block or interfere with the binding between the biologic and the biologic binding moiety.
[0113] In other embodiments, none of the autoantibodies to the biologic are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% non-NAb and/or 0% NAb. In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is generally absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to not completely block or interfere with the binding between the biologic and the biologic binding moiety,
[0114] In further embodiments, when both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody are present in a sample, the percent of each species can be expressed on their own (e.g., 50% N Ab or 50% non-N Ab is defined as an equal proportion of N Ab and non- NAb in a sample) or as a ratio. In certain instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the percent of NAb by the percent of non-NAb, or vice versa. In other instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the level of NAb by the level of non-NAb, or vice versa.
[0115] In some embodiments, the biologic includes antibodies (e.g., anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as interleukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drug conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
[0116] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
[0117] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic. In other embodiments, the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti -chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
[0118] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled biologic, the labeled biologic binding moiety, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled biologic binding moiety, free labeled biologic, and/or a complex of labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety after size
exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the tree labeled biologic binding moiety peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled biologic binding moiety in a control sample
(e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak following SEC of a reference sample), thereby measuring the percent or level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
! In some embodiments, the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak is calculated for the sample (e.g., from a patient) and the control sample. In certain embodiments, the labeled biologic binds the labeled biologic binding moiety and reduces the assay signal (e.g., reduces the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the sample when compared to the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the control sample). In other embodiments, the neutralizing form of the autoantibody ( Ab) neutralizes the labeled biologic and recovers the assay signal (e.g., restores or recovers the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the sample to a level comparable to that of the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the control sample). In some embodiments, the NAb activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal. In particular embodiments, the percent NAb in the sample is equivalent to the percent recovery of the assay signal. In certain instances, the percent NAb is calculated as a ratio of the AUG of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the sample to the AUG of the tree labeled biologic binding moiety peak of the control sample. As a non-limiting example, the percent NAb is calculated according to the following formula: % Recovery = (Free labeled biologic binding moiety Auc of the Sample - BKGD)/(Free labeled biologic binding moietyAuc of the Control Sample - BKGD)* 100.
[0120] In some instances, free labeled biologic binding moiety consists of labeled biologic binding moiety that is substantially free of bound biologic (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled biologic).
[0121] In certain embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC). In other embodiments, the level of a complex formed between the labeled biologic and labeled biologic binding moiety is measured by integrating the AUC of the free labeled biologic binding moiety peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC- HPLC).
[0122] In certain embodiments, a subpopuiation of the autoantibody to a biologic (e.g., ADA) is a neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb). In some embodiments, the total level of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample can be calculated by adding the levels of both neutralizing and non -neutralizing forms of the autoantibody measured in accordance with the methods of the invention. In particular embodiments, the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is present in a population of autoantibodies comprising both neutralizing autoantibodies and non-neutralizing autoantibodies.
[0123] In some embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is further compared to a negative control, a positive control, or a combination thereof. In further embodiments, the percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., N Ab) determined in step (d) is compared to a cutoff value or reference range that is established, e.g., from samples with low positivity for the autoantibody. In some embodiments, the cutoff value or reference range is expressed as a threshold percent of NAb that the sample must have in order to be considered positive for NAb, In such embodiments, the sample is positive for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is greater than (or equal to) the established cutoff value or reference range. In other embodiments, the sample is negative for NAb when the percent ofNAb determined in step (d) is less than (or equal to) the established cutoff v alue or reference range. Non-limiting examples of cutoff values or reference ranges include, e.g., at least about 0.10%, 0.20%, 0.30%, 0.40%, 0.50%, 0.60%, 0.70%, 0.80%, 0.90%, 1.00%, 1.10%, 1.15%, 1.20%, 1.21%, 1.22%, 1.23%, 1.24%, 1.25%, 1.26%, 1.27%, 1.28%, 1.29%, 1.30%, 1.40%, 1.50%, 2.00%, 2.50%, 2.60%, 2.70%, 2.80%, 2.90%, 3.00%, 3.01%, 3.02%, 3.03%, 3.04%, 3.05%, 3.06%, 3.07%, 3.08%, 3.09%, 3.10%, 3.20%, 3.30%, 3.40%, 3.50%, 4.00%, 4.50%, 5.00%, 5.50%, 6.00%, 6.50%, 7.00%, 7.50%, 8.00%, 8.50%, 9.00%, 9.50%, 10.00% NAb, or any range therein.
[0124] In some embodiments, ail of the autoantibodies to the biologic are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (NAb) and'' or 0% non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (non-NAb). In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is generally the same as the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to completely block or interfere with the binding between the biologic and the biologic binding moiety.
[0125] In oth er embodiments, none of the autoantibodies to the biologic are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% non-NAb and/or 0% NAb, In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety measured in step (c) is generally absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled biologic binding moiety in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to not completely block or interfere with the binding between the biologic and the biologic binding moiety.
[0126] in further embodiments, when both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody are present in a sample, the percent of each species can be expressed on their own (e.g., 50% N Ab or 50% non-NAb is defined as an equal proportion of N Ab and non- NAb in a sample) or as a ratio. In certain instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the percent of NAb by the percent of non-NAb, or vice versa. In other instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the level of NAb by the level of non-NAb, or vice versa. [0127] In some embodiments, the biologic includes antibodies (e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drag conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
[0128] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
[0129] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic. In other embodiments, the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human am -humanized antibodies (ITAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (KAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
[0130] In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a. first biologic is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) biologic, the method comprising:
(a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample in accordance with an assay described herein to determine whether the sample is positive or negative for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody; and
if the sample is positive for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody, then:
(b) contacting the sample with a labeled second biologic to form a labeled
complex of the labeled second biologic and the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(c) subjecting the labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate the labeled complex (e.g., from free labeled second biologic); and
(d) detecting the labeled complex, thereby determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first biologic is cros -reactive with a second biologic.
In certain embodiments, the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first biologic is cross-reactive with the second biologic, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will inhibit the activity of both the first and second biological drugs.
[0132] In certain other embodiments, the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first biologic is not cross-reactive with the second biologic, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will not inhibit the activity of the second biological drug.
[0133] In some embodiments, the first and second biologies are indepedently selected from the group consisting of antibodies (e.g., anti-TNFa monoclonal antibodies), antibody fragments, proteins (e.g., cytokines such as inter! eukins), polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, multivalent binding proteins, antibody-drag conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
[0134] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving biologic therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)), or cancer.
[0135] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the biologic. In other embodiments, the biologic autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti -chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
[0136] In certain aspects, the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step comprising contacting a sample with an acid prior to, during, and/or after contacting the sample with a labeled biologic and a labeled biologic binding moiety.
[0137] In certain other aspects, the assay methods of the present invention comprise detecting the presence or level of one or more isoiypes of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a biologic in a sample.
[0138] In one particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drag in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa to form: (i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immimo-complex or conj ugate) of the labeled anti-T F drag and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immurso-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drug, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled TNFa, free labeled anti-TNFa drug, and/or a complex of labeled anti-TNFa drag and labeled TNFa;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled TNFa after size exclusion chromatography (e.g., by mea suring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa), thereby detecting the presence of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0139] In some embodiments, a neutralizing form of the autoantibody interferes with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa. In other embodiments, a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody does not interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drag and TNFa.
[0140] In some instances, free labeled TNFa consists of labeled TNFa that is substantially free of bound anti-TNFa drug (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled anti-TNFa drag).
[0141] in certain embodiments, a neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is the same or substantially the same as the level of th e free label ed TNFa in the control sample. In certain other embodiments, a non- neutralizing form of the autoantibody is detected when the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is decreased (e.g., substantially decreased) or absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample.
[0142] In particular embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is considered to be substantially the same as the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample when it is at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 81 %, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in the control sample. In particular embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is considered to be substantially decreased compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample when it is at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95% less than the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in the control sample.
[0143] In certain embodiments, the level of free labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of etution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
[0144] In some embodiments, the anti-TNFot drug is selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab), ENBKEL™ (etanercept), HUMIRA™ (adalimumab), CIMZIA® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI® (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
[0145] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
[0146] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug. In other embodiments, the anti-TNFa drug autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti -humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
[0147] In another particular aspect, the present invention provides a. method for measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., imnmno-complex or conj ugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drag and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalentiy attached to each other); and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drug, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled TNFa, free labeled anti-TNF drug, and/or a complex of labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled TNFa after size exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled TNFa peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to a normalized level or percent of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring and normalizing the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peak following SEC of a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa to calculate the level or percent of free labeled TNFa), wherein the normalized level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample corresponds to the level or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0148] In some embodiments, the difference between the normalized level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample and the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) corresponds to the level or percent of a non-neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0149] In some instances, free labeled TNFa consists of labeled TNFa that is substantially free of bound anti-TNFa drag (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled anti-TNFa drug).
[0150] In particular embodiments, the level or percent of the free labeled TNFa in a control sample is normalized by measuring the peak area, (e.g., by measuring the AUG) of a complex formed between the labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa (e.g., "labeled complex"), and then subtracting the measured peak area of the labeled complex from the peak area of the free labeled TNFa (e.g., by measuring the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peak).
[0151] In certain embodiments, the level of free labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUG) of the free labeled TNFa peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC). In other embodiments, the level of a complex formed between the labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., [0152] In certain embodiments, a subpopulation of the autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug (e.g., ADA) is a neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb), In some embodiments, the total level of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample can be calculated by adding the le vels of both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody measured in accordance with the methods of the invention.
[0153] In some embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is further compared to a negative control, a. positive control or a combination thereof. Non- limiting examples of negative controls include a mouse monoclonal anti-human IgGi Fc sample and/or a rabbit monoclonal anti-human TgGi Fc sample. Non-limiting examples of positive controls include a pooled ADA-positive patient serum sample and/or a sample of rabbit polyclonal antibodies against the F(ab')2 fragment of an anti-TNFa drug.
[0154] In further embodiments, the percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) determined in step (d) is compared to a cutoff value or reference range established from a healthly control (e.g., normal human serum). In particular embodiments, the cutoff value or reference range is expressed as a threshold percent of NAb that the sample must have in order to be considered positive for NAb. In such embodiments, the sample is positive for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is greater than or equal to the cutoff value or reference range established from the healthly control. In other embodiments, the sample is negative for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is less than the cutoff value or reference range established from the healthly conirol. Non- limiting examples of cutoff values or reference ranges include, e.g., at least about 0.25%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 1.00%, 1.50%, 2.00%, 2.50%, 2.60%, 2.70%, 2.80%, 2.90%, 3.00%, 3.01%, 3.02%, 3.03%, 3.04%, 3.05%, 3.06%, 3.07%, 3.08%, 3.09%, 3.10%, 3.20%, 3.30%, 3.40%, 3.50%, 4.00%, 4.50%, 5.00%, 5.50%, 6.00%, 6.50%, 7.00%, 7.50%, 8.00%, 8.50%, 9.00%, 9.50%, 10.00% NAb, or any range therein. In some instances, the cutoff value or reference range is about 3.00% NAb or about 3.06% NAb or between about 3.00%-3.10% NAb.
[0155] In some embodiments, all the autoantibodies to the anti-TNFa drug are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (NAb) and/or 0% non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (non-NAb). In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is generally the same as the level of the free labeled TNFa in the conirol sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to completely block or interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa, [0156] In certain other embodiments, none of the autoantibod es to the anti-TNFa dmg are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% non-NAb and/or 0% NAb, In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is generally absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to not completely block or interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa,
[0157] In further embodiments, when both neutralizing and non- neutralizing forms of the autoantibody are present in a sample, the percent of each species can be expressed on their own (e.g., 50% NAb or 50% non-NAb is defined as an equal proportion of NAb and non- NAb in a sample) or as a ratio. In certain instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the percent of NAb by the percent of non-NAb, or vice versa.. In other instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the level of NAb by the level of non-NAb, or vice versa.
[0158] In some embodiments, the anti-TNFa drug is selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab), EN BRET™ (etanercept), HUMIRA™ (adalimumab), CIMZIA® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI*' (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
[0159] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)),
[0160] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drag. In other embodiments, the anti-TNFa drag autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti-humanized antibodies (ΉΑΗΑ), and human anti-mouse antibodies (KAMA), as well as combinations thereof. [0161] In yet another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drag in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drag and a labeled TNFa to form:
(i) a first labeled complex (i.e., immuno-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drug and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the first labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other); and/or (ii) a second labeled complex (i.e., imrmmo-complex or conjugate) of the labeled anti-TNFa drag, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the second labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free (i.e., unbound) labeled TNFa, free labeled anti-TNFa drug, and/or a complex of labeled anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa;
(c) measuring the level of free Iabeled TNFa after size exclusion chromatography (e.g., by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak following size exclusion chromatography (SEC)); and
(d) comparing the level of free iabeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled TNFa in a control sample (e.g., by measuring the A UG of the free labeled TNFa following SEC of a reference sample), thereby measuring the percent or level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
[0162] In some embodiments, the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak is calculated for the sample (e.g., from a patient) and the control sample. In certain embodiments, the labeled anti-TNFa drug binds the labeled TNFa and reduces the assay signal (e.g., reduces the AUC of the free iabeled TNFa peak of the sample when compared to the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak of the control sample). In other embodimen ts, the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (NAb) neutralizes the labeled anti-TNFa drug and recovers the assay signal (e.g., restores or recovers the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak of the sample to a level comparable to that of the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak of the control sample). In some embodiments, the N Ab activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal. In particular embodiments, the percent NAb in the sample is equivalent to the percent recovery of the assay signal. In certain instances, the percent NAb is calculated as a ratio of the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak of the sample to the AUC of the free label ed TNFa peak of the control sample. As a non-limiting example, the percent NAb is calculated according to the following formula.: % Recovery = (Free labeled TNFCIAUC of the Sample - BKGD)/(Free labeled TNFaAuc of the Control Sample - BKGD )* 100.
[0163] In some instances, free labeled TNFa consists of labeled TNFa that is substantially free of bound anti-TNFa drug (e.g., labeled and/or unlabeled anti-TNFa drag).
[0164] In certain embodiments, the level of free labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the area under the curve (AUC) of the tree iabeled TNFa peak from a plot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC). In other embodiments, the level of a complex formed between the labeled anti-TNFa drag and labeled TNFa is measured by integrating the AUC of the free labeled TNFa peak from a piot of signal intensity as a function of elution time from the size exclusion chromatography (e.g., SEC-HPLC).
[0165] In certain embodiments, a subpopulation of the autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug (e.g., ADA) is a neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb). In some embodiments, the total level of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample can be calculated by adding the levels of both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody measured in accordance with, the methods of the invention. In particular embodiments, the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is present in a population of autoantibodies comprising both neutralizing autoantibodies and non-neutralizing autoantibodies.
[0166] In some embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa. measured in step (c) is further compared to a negative control, a positive control, or a combination thereof. Non- limiting examples of negative controls include a mouse monoclonal anti-human IgGj Fc sample and/or a rabbit monoclonal anti-human IgGi Fc sample. Non-limiting examples of positive controls include a pooled ADA-positive patient serum sample and/or a sample of rabbit polyclonal antibodies against the F(ab')2 fragment of an anti-TNFa drug.
[0167] In further embodiments, the percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) determined in step (d) is compared to a c utoff value or reference range that is established, e.g., from samples with low positivity for the autoantibody. In particular embodiments, the cutoff value or reference range is expressed as a threshold percent of NAb that the sample must have in order to be considered positive for NAb. In such embodiments, the sample is positive for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is greater than (or equal to) the established cutoff value or reference range. In other embodiments, the sample is negative for NAb when the percent of NAb determined in step (d) is less than (or equal to) the established cutoff value or reference range. Non-limiting examples of cutoff values or reference ranges include, e.g., at least about. 0.10%, 0.20%, 0.30%, 0.40%, 0.50%, 0.60%, 0.70%, 0.80%, 0.90%, 1.00%, 1.10%, 1.15%, 1.20%, 1.21 %, 1.22%, 1.23%, 1.24%, 1.25%, 1.26%, 1.27%, 1.28%, 1.29%, 1.30%, 1.40%, 1.50%, 2.00%, 2.50%, 2.60%, 2.70%, 2.80%, 2.90%, 3.00%, 3.01%, 3.02%, 3.03%, 3.04%, 3.05%, 3.06%, 3.07%, 3.08%, 3.09%, 3.10%, 3.20%, 3.30%, 3.40%, 3.50%, 4.00%, 4.50%, 5.00%, 5.50%, 6.00%, 6.50%, 7.00%, 7.50%, 8.00%, 8.50%, 9.00%, 9.50%, 10.00% NAb, or any range therein. In some instances, the cutoff value or reference range is about 1.28% NAb or between about 1.25%- 1.30% NAb. [0168] In some embodiments, all the autoantibodies to the anti-TNFa drug are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (NAb) and/or 0% non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies (non-NAb). In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is generally the same as the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to completely block or interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drug and TNFa.
[0169] In certain other embodiments, none of the autoantibodies to the anti-TNFa drug are neutralizing antibodies and the sample is defined as having 100% non-NAb and/or 0% NAb. In these embodiments, the level of the free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) is generally absent (e.g., undetectable) compared to the level of the free labeled TNFa in the control sample, and the autoantibodies are predicted to not completely block or interfere with the binding between the anti-TNFa drag and TNFa.
[0170] In further embodiments, when both neutralizing and non-neutralizing forms of the autoantibody are present in a sample, the percent of each species can be expressed on their own (e.g., 50% NAb or 50% non-NAb is defined as an equal proportion of NAb and non- NAb in a sample) or as a ratio. In certain instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the percent of NAb by the percent of non-NA b, or vice versa. In other instances, the ratio is calculated by dividing the level of NAb by the level of non-NAb, or vice versa.
[0171] In some embodiments, the anti-TNFa dmg is selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab), ENBREL™ (etanercept), HUMIRA™ (adalimumab), CIMZIA® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI® (golimumab; CNTQ 148), and combinations thereof.
[0172] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
[0173] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug. In other embodiments, the anti-TNFa dmg autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), human anti -humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (HAMA), as well as combinations thereof.
[0174] In still yet another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising: (a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample in accordance with an assay described herein to determine whether the sample is positive or negative for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody; and
if the sample is positive for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody, then:
(b) contacting the sample with a labeled second anti-TNFa drug to form a labeled complex of the labeled second anti-TNFa dmg and the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (i.e., wherein the components of the labeled complex are not covalently attached to each other);
(c) subjecting the labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate the labeled complex (e.g., from free labeled second anti-TNFa drug); and (d) detecting the labeled complex, thereby determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa dmg is cross-reactive with a second anti-TNFa drug. [0175] In certain embodiments, the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will inhibit the activity of both the first and second anti-TNFa drugs.
[0176] In certain other embodiments, the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is not cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug, i.e., the neutralizing autoantibody will not inhibit the activity of the second anti-TNFa drug.
[0177] In particular embodiments, the first and second anti-TNFa drugs are indepedently selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab), ENBREL™ (etanercept), HUMIRA™ (adalimumab), CIMZIA® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI® (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
[0178] In other embodiments, the sample is a whole blood, serum, or plasma sample, e.g., from a subject receiving anti-TNFa drug therapy. In preferred embodiments, the sample is serum. In particular embodiments, the subject has a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
[0179] In certain embodiments, the sample has or is suspected of having an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa dmg. In other embodiments, the anti-TNFa drug autoantibody includes, but is not limited to, human anti-chimeric antibodies (HACA), uman ami -humanized antibodies (HAHA), and human anti-mouse antibodies (ΉΑΜΑ), as well as combinations thereof,
[0180] In certain aspects, the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step comprising contacting a sample with an acid prior to, during, and/or after contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drug and a labeled TNFa.
[0181] Methods for detecting anti-drug antibodies using acid dissociation are described herein and in PCT Application No. PCT/US2012/025437, filed February 16, 2012, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
[0182] In certain other aspects, the assay methods of the present invention comprise detecting the presence or level of one or more isotypes of a neutralizing and/or non- neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFa drug in a sample. As a non-limiting example, the assays of the present invention can be used to determine different neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing ADA isotypes in samples from ADA-positive patients receiving an anti-TNFa drug such as REMICADE™ (infliximab) or HUMIRA™ (adalimumab). In certain embodiments, the one or more isotypes comprises a plurality of at least two, three, four, five, or more isotypes. In other embodiments, the one or more isotypes is selected from the group consisting of IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM isotypes, subclasses thereof, and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, each autoantibody isotype is characterized, identified, and/or detected by its retention time. In other embodiments, each autoantibody isotype is characterized, identified, and/or detected upon a signal that is generated by the proximity binding of detector moieties such as labeled anti-TNFa drag and labeled labeled anti-Ig antibodies specific for different antibody isotypes. In certain instances, the signal comprises a fluorescent signal that can be detected by fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET),
[0183] Methods for detecting anti-drug antibody (ADA) isotypes are further described in PCT Publication No. WO 2012/054532, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
[0184] A biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) or biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) can be labeled with any of a variety of detectable group(s). In preferred embodiments, the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and the biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) comprise different labels. In certain embodiments, a biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) or biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) is labeled with a fiuorophore or a fluorescent dye. Non-limiting examples of fluorophores or fluorescent dyes include those listed in the Molecular Probes Catalogue, which is herein incorporated by reference (see, R. Haugland, The Handbook-A Guide to Fluorescent Probes and Labeling Technologies, 10th Edition, Molecular probes. Inc. (2005)). Such exemplary f!uorophores or fluorescent dyes include, but are not limited to, Alexa Fluor* dyes such as Alexa Fluor® 350, Alexa Fluor® 405, Alexa Fluor® 430, Alexa Fluor® 488, Alexa Fluor1* 514, Alexa Fluor® 532, Alexa Fluor® 546, Alexa Fluor® 555, Alexa Fluor® 568, Alexa Fluor® 594, Alexa Fluor® 610, Alexa Fluor® 6.3.3, Alexa Fluor® 635, Alexa Fluor® 647, Alexa Fluor® 660, Alexa Fluor® 680, Alexa Fluor® 700, Alexa Fluor® 750, and/or Alexa Fluor® 790, as well as other fluorophores including, but not limited to, Dansyl Chloride (DNS-C1 ), 5- (iodoacetamida)fluoroscein (5-IAF), fluorescein 5-isothiocyanate (FITC),
tetramethylrhodamine 5- (and 6-)isothiocyanate (TRITC), 6-acryIoyl-2- dimethylaminonaphthalene (acrylodan), 7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa- 1 ,3,-diazol-4-yl chloride (NBD- Cl), ethidium bromide, Lucifer Yellow, 5-carboxyrhodamine 6G hydrochloride, Lissamine rhodamine B sulfonyl chloride, Texas Red™ sulfonyl chloride, BOD1PY™, naphthalamine sulfonic acids (e.g., l-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonie acid (A S), 6-(p-toluidinyl)naphthalen- e-2 -sulfonic acid (TN8), and the like), Anihroyl fatty acid, DPH, Parinaric acid, TMA-DPH, Fluorenyl fatty acid, fluorescein-phosphatidyl eth.anolami.ne, Texas Red- phosphatidylethanolamine, Pyrenyl-phophatidylcholine, Fluorenyl-phosphotidylcholine, Merocyanine 540, 1 -(3 -sulfonatopropyl)-4- [β-[2 [ ( di-n-butylamino )-6
naphthyl]vinyl]pyridinium betaine (Naphtyl Styryl), 3,3'dipropylthiadicarbocyanine (diS-C3- (5)), 4-(p-dipentyl aminostyryl)-l-meth.ylpyridinium (di-5-ASP), Cy-3 lodo Acetamide, Cy-5- N-Hydroxysuccinimide, Cy-7-Isothiocyana.te, rhodamine 800, 1R-125, Thiazole Orange,
Azure B, Nile Blue, A3 Phthalocyanine, Oxaxine 1, 4', 6-diamidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI), Hoeehst 33.342, TOTO, Acridine Orange, Ethidium ITomodimer, N(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)- 6-methoxyquinolinium (MQAE), Fura-2, Calcium Green, Carboxy SNARF-6, BAPTA, coumarin, phytofluors, Coronene, metal-ligand complexes, IRDye® 700DX, IRDye® 700, IRDye® 800R.S, IRDye® 800CW, IRDye® 800, Cy5, Cy5.5, Cy7, DY 676, DY680, DY682, DY780, and mixtures thereof. Additional suitable fluorophores include enzyme-cofactors; la.ntha.nide, green fluorescent protein, yellow fluorescent protein, red fluorescent protein, or mutants and derivates thereof. In one embodiment of the in vention, the second member of the specific binding pair has a detectable group attached thereto. [0185] Typically, the fluorescent group is a fluorophore selected from the category of dyes comprising polymethines, pthalocyanines, cyanines, xanfhenes, fluorenes, rhodamines, coumarins, fluoresceins and BODIPY™.
[0186] In one embodiment, the fluorescent group is a near-infrared (NIR.) fluorophore that emits in the range of between about 650 to about 900 nm. Use of near infrared fluorescence technology Is advantageous its biological assays as it substantially eliminates or reduces background from auto fluorescence of biosubstrates. Another benefit to the near-IR fluorescent technology is that the scattered light from the excitation source is greatly reduced since the scattering intensity is proportional to the in verse fourth power of the wavelength. Low background fluorescence and low scattering result in a high signal to noise ratio, which is essential for highly sensitive detection. Furthermore, the optically transparent window in the near-IR region (650 nm to 900 nm) in biological tissue makes R fluorescence a valuable technology for in vivo imaging and subcellular detection applications that require the transmission of light through biological components. W ithin aspects of this embodiment, the fluorescent group is preferably selected form the group consisting of IRDye® 700DX,
IRDye® 700, IRDye® 800RS, IRDye® 800CW, IRDye® 800, Aiexa Fluor® 660, Alexa Fluor® 680, Alexa Fluor® 700, Aiexa Fluor® 750, Aiexa Fluor® 790, CyS, Cy5.5, Cy7, DY 676, DY680, DY682, and DY780. In certain embodiments, the near infrared group is IRDye* 800CW, IRDye® 800, IRDye® 700DX, IRDye® 700, or Dynomic DY676. [0187] Fluorescent labeling is accomplished using a chemically reactive derivative of a fluorophore. Common reactive groups include amine reactive isothiocyanate derivatives such as FITC and TRITC (derivatives of fluorescein and rhodamine), amine reactive succinimidyl esters such as NHS-fluorescein, and sulfhydryl reactive maleimide activated fluors such as fluorescein-5-maleimide, many of which are commercially available. Reaction of any of these reactive dyes with a biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) or biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNF ) results in a stable covalent bond formed between a fluorophore and a biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) or biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa).
[0188] In certain instances, following a fluorescent labeling reaction, it is often necessary to remove any nonreacted fluorophore from the labeled target molecule. This is often accomplished by size exclusion chromatography, taking advantage of the size difference between fluorophore and labeled protein,
[0189] Reactive fluorescent dyes are available from many sources. They can be obtained with different reactive groups for attachment to various functional groups within the target molecule. They are also available in labeling kits that contain all the components to cany out a labeling reaction. In one preferred aspect, Alexa. Fluor® 647 C2 maleimide is used from Invitrogen (Cat. No. A-20347).
[0190] Specific immunological binding of a neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody (e.g., NAb and/or non-NAb) to a biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and/or biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) can be detected directly or indirectly. Direct labels include fluorescent or luminescent tags, metals, dyes, radionuclides, and the like, attached to the antibody. In certain instances, a biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) or biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) labeled with different radionuclides can be used for determining the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb in a sample. In other instances, a chemiluminescence assay using chemiluminescent biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) is suitable for sensitive, non-radioactive detection of the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb in a sample. In particular instances, a biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) labeled with different fluorochromes is suitable for detection of the presence or level of N Ab and/or non-NAb in a sample. Examples of fluorochromes include, without limitation, Alexa Fluor® dyes, DAPI, fluorescein, Hoechst 33258, R-phycocyanin, B-phycoerythrin, R-phycoerythrin, rhodamine, Texas red, and lissamine. Secondary antibodies linked to fluorochromes can be obtained commercially, e.g., goat F(ab')2 anti-human IgG-FITC is available from Tago Immunologicals (Burlingame, CA).
[0191] Indirect labels include various enzymes well-known in the art, such as horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase (AP), β-galactosidase, urease, and the like. A horseradish-peroxidase detection system can be used, for example, with the chromogenic substrate teiramethylbenzidine (TMB), which yields a soluble product in the presence of hydrogen peroxide that is detectable at 450 nm. An alkaline phosphatase detection system can be used with the chromogenic substrate p-nitrophenyl phosphate, for example, which yields a soluble product readily detectable at 405 nm. Similarly, a β-galactosidase detection system can be used with the chromogenic substrate o-nitrophenyl-p-D-galactopyranoside (ONPG), which yields a soluble product detectable at 410 nm. An urease detection system can be used with a substrate such as urea-bromocresol purple (Sigma. Immunochemicals; St. Louis, MO). A useful secondary antibody linked to an enzyme can be obtained from a number of commercial sources, e.g., goat F(ab')2 anti-human TgG-alkaline phosphatase can be purchased from Jackson ImmunoResearch (West Grove, PA.).
[0192] A signal from the direct or indirect label can be analyzed, for example, using a spectrophotometer to detect color from a chromogenic substrate; a radiation counter to detect radiation such as a gamma counter for detection of lji~'I; or a fluorometer to detect fluorescence in the presence of light of a certain wavelength. For detection of enzyme-linked antibodies, a quantitative analysis of NAb and/or non-NAb levels can be ma.de using a spectrophotometer such as an EM AX Microplate Reader (Molecular Devices; Menlo Park, CA) in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. If desired, the assays of the present invention can be automated or performed robotically, and the signal from multiple samples can be detected simultaneously,
[0193] In certain embodiments, size exclusion chromatography is used. The underlying principle of SEC is that particles of different sizes will elute (filter) through a stationary phase at different rates. This res ults in the separation of a solution of particles based on size. Provided that all the particles are loaded simultaneously or near simultaneously, particles of the same size elute together. Each size exclusion column has a range of molecular weights that can be separated. The exclusion limit defines the molecular weight at the upper end of this range and is where molecules are too large to be trapped in the stationary phase. The permeation limit defines the molecular weight at the lower end of the range of separation and is where molecules of a small enough size can penetrate into the pores of the stationary phase completely and all molecules below this molecular mass are so small that they elute as a single band. [0194] In certain aspects, the eiuent is collected in constant volumes, or fractions. The more similar the particles are in size, the more likely they will be in the same fraction and not detected separately. Preferably, the collected fractions are examined by spectroscopic techniques to determine the concentration of the particles eSuted. Typically, the spectroscopy detection techniques useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, fiuorometry, refractive index (RI), and ultraviolet (UV). In certain instances, the elution volume decreases roughly linearly with the logarithm of the molecular ydrodynamic volume (i.e., heaver moieties come off first).
[0195] In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to a biologic in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the biologic, the method comprising:
(a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the biologic in accordance with the assay described herein at a plurality of time points over the course of therapy;
detecting a change in the presence, level, or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time; and
(c) determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the presence, level, or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time. [0196] In certain embodiments, the plurality of time points comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, or more time points.
[0197] In one particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to a biologic in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the biologic, the method comprising:
(a) measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the biologic in a first sample from the subject as described herein at time point to;
(b) measuring the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a second sample from the subject as described herein at time point ¾;
(c) optionally repeating step (b) with n additional samples from the subject at time points t11+j , wherein n is an integer from 1 to about 25 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, or any range therein);
(d) detecting a change in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the
autoantibody from time points to to t[ or from time points to to i„. and
(e) determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody o ver time.
[0198] In certain other embodiments, the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) is measured during the course of biologic drug therapy at one or more (e.g., a plurality) of the following weeks: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 1 7, 18, 19, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 80, 90, 100, etc.
[0199] In some embodiments, determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject comprises maintaining, increasing, or decreasing a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject. In other embodiments, determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises treatment with a different biologic drug. In other embodiments, determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises treatment with the current course of therapy along with another therapeutic agent. In further embodiments, determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises changing the current course of therapy (e.g., switching to a different biologic or to a dmg that targets a different mechanism). [0200] In particular embodiments, an Increase in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) over time is an indication that treatment adjustment should be recommended for the subject. In certain other embodiments, a change from an absence of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) to the presence thereof over time is an indication that treatment adjustment should be recommended for the subject. In these embodiments, the subject can be treated with the current course of therapy (e.g., taking the existing biologic) along with one or more other therapeutic agents. In certain alternative embodiments, the subject can be switched to a different biologic. In certain other alternative embodiments, the subject can be switched to a drug (e.g., biologic and/or non-biologic) that targets a different mechanism.
[0201] In an additional aspect, the present invention provides a method for optimizing therapy and/or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first biologic, the method comprising:
(a) determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the first
biologic is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) biologic by detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample from the subject in accordance with an assay described herein; and
(b) determining that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is cross-reactive with the second biologic.
[0202] In certain embodiments, determining that a different course of therapy should be administered comprises switching to a drug (e.g., biologic and/or non-biologic) that targets a different mechanism.
[0203] In some embodiments, the method further comprises determining that a subsequent dose of the current course of therapy be increased or decreased, or that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is not cross-reactive with the second biologic. In certain instances, the different course of therapy comprises treatment with the second biologic. In certain other instances, the different course of therapy comprises treatment with the first or second biologic along with one or more other therapeutic agents. [0204] In one particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to an anti-TNFa drag in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the anti-TNFa drag, the method comprising:
(a) detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug in accordance with the assay described herein at a plurality of time points over the course of therapy;
(b) detecting a change in the presence, le vel, or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time; and
(c) determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a. different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the presence, level, or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time.
[0205] In certain embodiments, the plurality of time points comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, or more time points,
[0206] In another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for monitoring and/or optimizing therapy to an anti-TNFa drag in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
(a) measuring the level or percent of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drag in a first sample from the subject as described herein at time point to;
(b) measuring the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a second sample from the subject as described herein at time point tj ;
(c) optionally repeating step (b) with n additional samples from the subject at time points tn-i i, wherein n is an integer from 1 to about 25 (e.g., n is I , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23 , 24, or 25, or any range therein);
(d) detecting a change in the lev el or percent of the neutralizing form of the
autoantibody from time points to to X\ or from time points to to tn+i; and
(e) determining a. subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time.
[0207] in certain other embodiments, the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) is measured during the course of anti-TNFa drag therapy at one or more (e.g., a plurality) of the following weeks: 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 80, 90, 100, etc.
[0208] In some embodiments, determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject comprises maintaining, increasing, or decreasing a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject. In other embodiments, determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises treatment with a different anti-TNFa drag. In other embodiments, determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises treatment with the current course of therapy along with another therapeutic agent including, but not limited to, an anti- TNF therapy, an immunosuppressive agent, a corticosteroid, a drag that targets a different mechanism, a. nutrition therapy, and other combination treatments. In further embodiments, determining a different course of therapy for the subject comprises changing the current course of therapy (e.g.. switching to a different anti-TNF drag or to a drug that targets a different mechanism such as an 1L-6 receptor-inhibiting monoclonal antibody, anti-integrin molecule (e.g., Tysabri, Vedaluzamab), JAK-2 inhibitor, and tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or to a nutritition therapy (e.g., special carbohydrate diet)).
[0209] In particular embodiments, an increase in the level or percent of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) over time is an indication that treatment adjustment should be recommended for the subject. In certain other embodiments, a change from an absence of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody (e.g., NAb) to the presence thereof over time is an indication that treatment adjustment should be recommended for the subject. In these embodiments, the subject can be treated with the current course of therapy (e.g., taking the existing anti-TNFa drug) along with one or more immunosuppressive agents such as, e.g., methotrexate (MTX) or azathioprine (AZA). In certain alternative embodiments, the subject can be switched to a different anti-TNFa drug. In certain other alternative embodiments, the subject can be switched to a drug that targets a different mechanism (e.g., a non-anti-TNFa drug),
[0210] In yet another particular aspect, the present invention provides a method for optimizing therapy and/or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
(a) determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the first anti- TNFa drag is cross-reactive with a second (i.e., different) anti-TNFa drag by detecting or measuring the presence, level, or percent of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample from the subject in accordance with an assay described herein; and
(b) determining that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug.
[0211] In certain embodiments, determining that a different course of therapy should be administered comprises switching to a drag that targets a different mechanism (e.g., a non- anti-TNFa drug). Non-limiting examples of such drugs include an lL-6 receptor-inhibiting monoclonal antibody, anti-integrin molecule (e.g., Tysabri, Vedaluzamab), JAK-2 inhibitor, tyrosine kinase inhibitor, a nutritition therapy (e.g., special carbohydrate diet), and mixtures thereof.
[0212] in some embodiments, the method further comprises determining that a subsequent dose of the current course of therapy be increased or decreased, or that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is not cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug. In certain instances, the different course of therapy comprises treatment with the second anti-TNFa drug. In certain other instances, the different course of therapy comprises treatment with the first or second anti-TNFa drug along with one or more immunosuppressive agents such as MTX or AZA.
[0213] Methods for detecting anti-TNFa drags and anti-drag antibodies are further described in PCT Publication No. WO 201 1/056590, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
[0214] In certain instances, the present invention may further comprise administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a. course of therapy such as an anti-TNFa drag or a drug that targets a different mechanism (e.g., a non- anti-TNFa drug) useful for treating one or more symptoms associated with a TNFa-mediated disease or disorder (e.g., IBD such as CD or UC). For therapeutic applications, the course of therapy can be administered alone or co-administered in combination with one or more additional agents as described herein. As such, the present invention advantageously enables a clinician to practice "personalized medicine" by guiding treatment decisions and informing therapy selection and optimization for anti-TNFa drags such that the right drug is given to the right patient at the right time.
IV. Acid Dissociation
[0215] In certain aspects, the assay methods of the present invention further comprise an acid dissociation step, e.g., to enable equilibration of immune complexes for measuring the presence or level of neutralizing autoantibodies (NAb), non-neutralizing autoantibodies (non- NAb), and/or isotypes thereof that are generated against biologies such as anti-TNFa drugs. As a result, the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb to a biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drag) administered to a subject in need thereof can be measured without substantial interference from the administered biologic that is also present in the subject's sample. In particular, a subject's sample can be incubated with an amount of acid that is sufficient to provide for the measurement of the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb in the presence of the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa dmg) but without substantial interference from high biologic drug levels.
[0216] In some embodiments, step (a) of the assay methods of the present invention may comprise:
(a') contacting the sample with an acid to dissociate preformed complexes of the autoantibody (e.g., including neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing forms thereof) and the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug);
(b') contacting the sample with a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) following dissociation of the preformed complexes; and
(c') neutralizing the acid in the sample to form:
(i) a first labeled complex of the labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drag) and the autoantibody; and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex of the labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug), the labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa), and the autoantibody.
[0217] In some alternative embodiments, steps (a') and (b') are performed simultaneously, e.g., the sample is contacted with an acid, a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug), and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) at the same time. In other alternative embodiments, step (b') is performed prior to step (a'), e.g., the sample is first contacted with a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drag) and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa), and then contacted with an acid. In further embodiments, steps (b!) and (c ) are performed simultaneously, e.g., the sample is contacted with a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) and neutralized (e.g., by contacting the sample with one or more neutralizing agents) at the same time,
[0218] In particular embodiments, the sample is contacted with an amount of an acid that is sufficient to dissociate preformed complexes of the autoantibody and the biologic (e.g., anti- TNFa drag), such that the labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa), the labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug), the unlabeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug), and the autoantibody to the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) can equilibrate and form complexes therebetween. In certain embodiments, the sample can be contacted with an amount of an acid that is sufficient to allow for the detection and/or measurement of the autoantibody in the presence of a high level of the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug).
[0219] In some embodiments, the phrase "high level of a biologic" such as a high level of an anti-TNFa drug includes drag levels of from about 10 to about 100 Ug mi . , about 20 to about 80 ]Xg/mL, about 30 to about 70 μg/mL, or about 40 to about 80 μg/mL. In other embodiments, the phrase "high level of a biologic" such as a high level of an anti-TNFa drug includes drug levels greater than or equal to about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100
[0220] in some embodiments, the acid comprises an organic acid. In other embodiments, the acid comprises an inorganic acid. In further embodiments, the acid comprises a mixture of an organic acid and an inorganic acid. Non-limiting examples of organic acids include citric acid, isocitric acid, glutamic acid, acetic acid, lactic acid, formic acid, oxalic acid, uric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, benzene sulfonic acid, aminomethanesuifonic acid, camphor- 10- sulfonic acid, chloroacetic acid, bromoacetic acid, iodoacetic acid, propanoic acid, butanoic acid, glyceric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, aspartic acid, and combinations thereof. Non- limiting examples of inorganic acids include hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, boric acid, hydrofluoric acid, hydrobromic acid, and combinations thereof.
[0221] In certain embodimen ts, the amount of an acid corresponds to a concen tration of from about 0.01M to about 10M, about 0.1M to about 5M, about 0. ΓΜ to about 2M, about 0.2M to about 1M, or about 0.25M to about 0.75M of an acid or a mixture of acids. In other embodiments, the amount of an acid corresponds to a concentration of greater than or equal to about 0.01 M, 0.05M, 0.1 M, 0.2M, 0.3M, 0.4M, 0.SM, 0.6M, 0.7M, 0.8M, 0.9M, IM, 2M, 3M, 4M, 5M, 6M, 7M, 8M, 9M, or 10M of an acid or a mixture of acids. The pH of the acid can be, for example, about 0.1 , 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, or 6.5.
[0222] In some embodiments, the sample is contacted with an acid an amount of time that is sufficient to dissociate preformed complexes of the autoantibody and the biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug). In certain instances, the sample is contacted (e.g., incubated) with an acid for a period of time ranging from about 0.1 hours to about 24 hours, about 0,2 hours to about 16 hours, about 0.5 hours to about 10 hours, about 0.5 hours to about 5 hours, or about 0.5 hours to about 2 hours. In other instances, the sample is contacted (e.g., incubated) with an acid for a period of time that is greater than or equal to about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 hours. The sample can be contacted with an acid at 4°C, room temperature (RT), or 37°C.
[0223] In certain embodiments, the step of neutralizing the acid comprises raising the pH of the sample to allow the formation of first and/or second labeled complexes described herein. In some embodiments, the acid is neutralized by the addition of one or more neutralizing agents such as, for example, strong bases, weak bases, buffer solutions, and combinations thereof. One skilled in the art will appreciate that neutralization reactions do not necessarily imply a resultant pH of 7. In some instances, acid neutralization results in a sample that is basic. In other instances, acid neutralization results in a sample that is acidic (but higher than the pH of the sample prior to adding the neutralizing agent). In particular embodiments, the neutralizing agent comprises a buffer such as phosphate buffered saline (e.g., lOx PBS) at a pH of about 7.3.
[0224] In some embodiments, step (b') further comprises contacting an internal control with the sample together with a labeled biologic (e.g., anti-TNFa drug) and a labeled biologic binding moiety (e.g., TNFa) (e.g., before, during, or after dissociation of the preformed complexes). In certain instances, the internal control comprises a labeled internal control such as, e.g., Biocytin-Alexa 488. In certain other instances, the amount of the labeled internal control ranges from about 1 ng to about 25 ng, about 5 ng to about 25 ng, about 5 ng to about 20 ng, about 1 ng to about 20 ng, about 1 ng to about 10 ng, or about I ng to about 5 ng per 100 μΤ of sample analyzed. In further instances, the amount of the labeled internal control is greater than or equal to about 1 ng, 5 ng, 10 ng, 15 ng, 20 ng, or 25 ng per 100 ,uL of sample analyzed.
[0225] As one non-limiting example of the methods of the present invention, samples such as serum samples (e.g., serum from subjects receiving therapy with an anti-TNFa drug such as Remieade (IF )) can be incubated with 0.5M citric acid, pH 3.0 for one hour at room temperature. Following the dissociation of preformed complexes between (unlabeled) anti- TNFa drug and autoantibodies to the anti-TNFa drug (e.g., anti-drug antibodies such as anti- IFX antibodies (ATI)), labeled anti-TNFa drug (e.g., IFX-Alexa 488), labeled TNFa (e.g., TNFa-Aiexa 532), and optionally an internal control can be added and the reaction mixture (e.g., immediately) neutralized with a neutralizing agent such as lOx PBS, pH 7.3. After neutralization, the reaction mixture can be incubated for another hour at room temperature (e.g., on a plate shaker) to allow equilibration and to complete the reformation of immune complexes between the labeled TNFa, the labeled anti-TNFa drug, the unlabeled anti-TNFa drug, and/or the autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug. The samples can then be filtered and analyzed by SEC-HPLC as described herein.
[0226] In particular embodiments, the methods of the present invention (e.g., comprising acid dissociation followed by homogeneous solution phase binding kinetics) significantly increases the IFX drug tolerance such that NAb and/or non-NAb ATI can be measured in the presence of IFX up to about 60 g/mL. In other words, the methods of the present invention can detect the presence or level of NAb and/or non-NAb to anti-TNFa drugs such as ATI as well as autoantibodies to other anti-TNFa drugs in the presence of high levels of anti-TNFa drugs (e.g., IFX), but without substantial interference therefrom. [0227] Methods for detecting anti-drug antibodies using acid dissociation are further described in PCT Application No. PCT/US2012/025437, filed February 16, 2012, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes,
V. Biologic Therapy
[0228] The assays of the present invention are suitable for detecting and/or measuring the presence or absence (e.g., whether positive or negative), level, or percent of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing autoantibodies to any biologic in a sample from a subject (e.g., a subject receiving biologic therapy). Non-limiting examples of biologies include antibodies, antibody fragments, proteins, polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins (e.g. , Ig fusion proteins or Fc fusion proteins), multivalent binding proteins (e.g., DVD Ig), antibody-daig conjugates, vaccines, nucleic acids, sugars, recombinant forms thereof, engineered forms thereof, and combinations thereof.
[0229] Examples of antibody -based biologies include, but are not limited to, therapeutic monoclonal antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof. In particular embodiments, the antibody comprises an anti-TNFa drug such as REMICADE™ (infliximab), HUMIRA™ (adaiimumab), C1MZ1A® (eertolizumab pegol), SIMPONI® (golimumab; CNTG 148), or combinations thereof. Additional examples of antibody -based biologies include antibody- drug conjugates such as Adcetris™ (brentuximab vedoiin). Table 1 provides an exemplary list of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies which have either been approved or are currently in development. An extensive list of monoclonal antibody therapeutics in clinical development and approved products is provided in the 2006 PhRMA Report entitled "418 Biotechnology Medicines in Testing Promise to Bolster the Arsenal Against Disease," the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes. TABLE I
Therapeutic monoclonal audhodies
Product Name Company Indication(s)
Inflammatory Diseases
Rem icade™ (' in fiixi rn ab ) Janssen Biotech, Inc. Crohn's disease
ABT 874 Abbott Laboratories Crohn's disease
Stelara® (ustekinumab) Janssen Biotech. Inc. Crohn's disease
Humira™ (adalimumab) Abbott Laboratories Crohn's disease
MDX-i iOO Millennium Pharmaceuticals ulcerative colitis
Nuvion® (visilizumab) PDL BioPharma I.V. steroid-refractory ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease
Tysarbi® (natalizumab) Biogen Idee Crohn's disease
Simponi® (goiimumab) Janssen Biotech, Inc. uveitis
Autoimmune disorders
Humira™ (adalimumab) Abbott Laboratories rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis
RCTiicade™ (infliximab) Janssen Biotech, Inc. rheumatoid arthritis
Simponi® (goiimumab) Janssen Biotech, Inc. rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis
Rituxan® (rituximab) Genentech rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, primary
Biogen Idee progressive multiple sclerosis,
SLE, relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis
Tysarbi® (natalizumab) Biogen Idee multiple scieorisis
Stelara® (us tekinumab) Janssen Biotech. Inc. plaque psoriasis, multiple sclerosis
ART 874 Abbott Laboratories multiple sclerosis
Aciernra Roche rheumatoid arthritis
A ME 527 Applied Molecular rheumatoid arthritis
AMG 108 Amgen rheumatoid arthritis
AMG 714 Amgen rheumatoid arthritis
anti-CD 16 MAb MacroGenics immune thrombocytopenic daclizumab (anti-CD25 MAb) PDL BioPharma multiple sclerosis
Biogen Idee
denosumab (AMG 162) Amgen rheumatoid arthritis
ETI-201 Elusys Therapeutics SLE
HuMax-CD20 (pfatumumab) Genmab rheumatoid arthritis
HuZAF™ (fontolizumab ) PDL BioPharma rheumatoid arthritis
Biogen Idee
IMMU- l 06 (hCD20) Jmmunomedics autoimmune disease
LymphoStat-B™ (belitmurtab) Human Genome Sciences rheumatoid arthritis, SLE
MEDI-545 (MDX-1 103) Medarex lupus
Medlmmime
siplizumab (MEDI-507) Medlmmune psoriasis
MEN 1202 Miliennium Pharmaceuticals multiple sclerosis
ocrelizumab (anti-CD20) ( 1594) Genentech multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid
Biogen Idee arthritis
Roche
O T3 -gamma- 1 Johnson & Johnson psoriatic arthritis
TRX ! (anti-CD4) TolerRx cutaneous lupus erythematosus
TRX 4 TolerRx psoriasis
Infectious diseases
Synagis® (paiivizumab) Medlmmune prevention of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) TABLE I
Therapeutic monoclonal audhodies
Product Name Company Indication(s)
MDX-066 (CDA-1) Medarex C. difficile disease
anti-fflV-1 MAb Polymun Scientific HIV infection
CCR5 MAb Hunan Genome Sciences HIV infection
Cytolin® (anti~CD8 MAb) CvtoDvn HIV infection
NMOi SRD Pharmaceuticals HIV infection
PRO 140 Progenies Pharmaceuticals HIV infection
TNX-355 Tanox HIV infection
ABthrax™ (raxibacumab) Human Genome Sciences anthrax
Anthim™(ETI-204) Elusys Therapeutics anthrax
anti-hsp 0 MAb NeuTec Pharma candidiasis
anti-staph MAb Medlmmune prevention of staphylococcal infections
Aurexis (tefibazumab) Inhibitex prevention and treatment of S.
aureus bacteremia
bavituximab Peregrine Pharmaceuticals hepatitis C
MDX-1303 Medarex anthrax
PharmAthene
Numax™ (motavizuni a ) Medlmmune RSV
Tarvacin™ Peregrine Pbarmaceiaical s hepatitis C
XTL 6865 XTL. Biopharrnaceuticals hepatitis C
Cancer
Avastin™ (bevacizumab) Genentech metastatic colorectal cancer
Bexxar® (tositutnomab) GlaxoSrriithKline non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
Campath® (alemtuzurnab) Berlex Laboratories B-cell chronic lymphocytic
Genzyrne leukemia
Erbitux™ (cetuximab) Brisiol-Myers Squibb colorectal cancer, squamous celi
Medarex cancer of the head and neck
Herceptin® (trastuzumab) Genentech FIER2-overexpressing early stage or metastatic breast cancer
My3 otarg™ ί gemtuzumab Wyeih acute myeloid leukemia ozoganiicin)
Rituxan® (rituximab) Genentech B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma,
Biogen Idee indolent non-Hodgkin's lymphoma induction therapy, relapsed or refractoiy CLL
Zevaiin™ (ibritumomab tiuxetan) Biogen Idee Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
1311-huA33 Life Science Pharmaceuticals colorectal cancer
1D09C3 GPC Biotech relapsed/refractory B-cell
lymphomas
AGS PSCA MAb Agensys prostate cancer
Merck:
AMG 102 Amgeti cancer
AMG 479 Amgeti cancer
AMG 623 Amgen B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL)
AMG 655 Amgen cancer
AMG 706 Amgen imatinib-resistant GIST, advanced thvroid cancer
AMG 706 Amgen imatinib resistant GIST, advanced thyroid cancer
anti-CD23 MAb Biogen Idee CLL
anti-CD80 MAb Biogen Idee non-Hodgkin's B-cell lymphoma aoti-idiot pe cancer vaccine Viventia Biotech m al i gnant rnel an oma TABLE I
Therapeutic monoclonal audhodies
Product Name Company Indicatioij(s) anti-lymphotoxin beta receptor Biogen Idee solid tumors
MAb"
anti-PEM MAb Sonianta Pharmaceuticals cancer
anti-Tac(Fv)-E38 immunotoxin National Cancer Institute leukemia, lymphoma
Avastin® (bevacizumab) Genentech relapsed metastatic colorectal cancer, first line metastatic breast cancer, first-line non-squamous NSCLC cancers
AVE 9633 maytansin-ioaded anti- Sanofi Aventis AML
CD33 MAb
bavituximab Peregrine Pharmaceuticals solid cancers
CAT 3888 Cambridge Antibody Technology hairy cell leukemia
chimeric MAb National Cancer Institute neuroblastoma
siltuximab (CNTO 328) Janssen Biotech, Inc. renal cancer, prostate cancer, multiple myeloma
Cotara™ Peregrine Pharmaceutical s brain cancer
bivatuzumab Boehringer Ingelheim cancer
Pharmaceuticals
CP-751871 (figitumumab) Pfizer adrenocortical carcinoma, non- small cell lung cancer
CS-1008 (tigatuzumab) Daiichi Sankyo pancreatic cancer, colorectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, ovarian cancer
BrevaRex™ Vi ex.x breast cancer, multiple myeloma denosumab Amgen bone loss induced by hormone ablation therapy for breast or prostate cancer, prolonging bone metastases-free survival, bone metastases in breast cancer ecromeximab Kvowa Hakko USA malignant melanoma
EMD 273063 EMD Lexigeti solid tumors, malignant melanoma, neuroblastoma, SCLC
Erbitux™ Bristol Myers Squibb head/neck cancer, first-line
palicreatic, first-line NSCLC, second-line NSCLC, first line colorectal cancer, second-line colorectal cancer
GM Progenies Pharmaceuticals prevention of recurrence following surgery to remove primacy melanoma in high-ri k patients
Ca!Tipatli® (alenituzumab) National Cancer Institute leukemia, lymphoma
Beriex Laboratories
HGS-ET 1 Human Genome Sciences hematologic and solid tumors
HGS ETR2 (mapaiumiimab) Human Genome Sciences hematologic and solid tumors
HGS-TR2J Human Genome Sciences advanced solid tumors
HuC242-DM4 ImmunoGen colorectal, gastrointestinal,
NSCLC, pancreatic cancers
HuMax-CD4 (zanolimumab) Genmab cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, non-
Serono cutaneous T-cell lymphoma
HuMax CD20 (ofatumumab) Gemnab CLL, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
HuMax-EGFr Genmab head and neck cancer hiiN903 -D 3 ImtnimoGen SCLC multiple myeloma ipilimumab Bristol-Myers Squibb melanoma monotherapy, leukemia.
Medarex lymphoma, ovarian, prostate, renal TABLE I
Therapeutic monoclonal audhodies
Product Name Company Indication^)
cell cancers, melanoma (MCX-010 +/- DTIC), second-line metastatic melanoma (MDX-010 disomotide/ ovennotide MDX-1379)
M195-bismutb 213 conjugate Actinium Pharmaceuticais AML
M200 (volociximab) PDL BioPharma Fremont, CA advanced solid tumors
Biogen Idee Cambridge, MA
MAb HeFi-1 National Cancer Institute lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's
Bethesda, MD lymphoma
MDX-060 (iratumumab) Medarex Hodgkin's disease, anaplastic large- cell-lympboma
MDX-070 Medarex prostate cancer
MDX-214 Medarex ECFR -express ing cancers
MEDI-522 Medlmmune T-cell lymphoma, melanoma, prostate cancer, solid tumors
MORAb 003 Ntephotek ovariati cancer
MORAb 009 Ntephotek rn eso the ί irt-e xpres sing turn ors neuradiab Bradmer Pharmaceuticals glioblastoma
niraotuzumab YM Biosciences squamous ceil carcinomas of the head and neck, recurrent or refractory high grade malignant glioma, anaplastic astrocytomas, glioblastomas and diffuse intrinsic pontine glioma
Omnitarg™ (pertuzumab) Genentech ovarian cancer
OvaRex® (oregovomab) ViRexx MAb ovarian cancer
PAM 4 Merck pancreatic cancer
panitumumab (rlluMAb EGFr) Abgenix colorectal cancer
PSMA-ADC Progenies Pharmaceuticals prostate cancer
R1550 RadioTheraCIM Roche metastatic breast cancer, glioma
YM Biosciences
RAV 12 Raven Biotechnologies cancer
Rencarex® G250 Wilex AG- renal cancer
SGN30 Seattle Genetics cutaneous anaplastic large-cell
MAb 1}'φίιοπ]3, systemic anaplastic large-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's disease
SGN-33 (lintuzumab) Seattle Genetics AML, myelodysplastic syndromes
CLL multiple myeloma, non Hodgkin's lymphoma
SGN-40 Seattle Genetics AML, myelodysplastic syndromes
CLL multiple myeloma, non Hodgkin's lymphoma sibroturtumab Life Science Pharmaceuticals colorectal, head and neck, lung cancers
Tarvacin™ (bavituximab) Peregrine Pharmaceuticals solid tumors
tremelimumab Pfizer metastatic melanoma, prostate cancer
TN X-650 Tanox refractory Hodgkin's Lymphoma
Zevalin™ (ibritumomab tiuxetan) Spectrum Pharmaceuticals non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
B!ood disorders
ReoPro® ( abciximab) Eli Lilly adjunct to percutaneous coronary intervention for the prevention of cardiac ischemic complications TABLE I
Therapeutic monoclonal auiihodies
Product Name Company Indicatioij(s) urtoxazumab Teiiin Pharma hemolviic uremic
afelimomab Abbot Laboratories sepsis, septic shock eciilizumab Alexion Pharmaceuticals paroxysmal nocturnal
hemoglobinurea
Cardiovascular disease
MLN 1202 Millennium Pharmaceuticals atherosclerosis
pexelizumab Alexion Pharmaceuticals acute myocardial infarction,
Procter & Gamble Pharmaceuticals cardiopulmonary bypass
Diabetes and Related Conditions anti-CD3 MAb MacroGenics iype-1 diabetes mellitus
OKT3 -gamm - 1 Johnson & Johnson type-1 diabetes mellitus
TR 4 (anti-CD3) TolerRx iype-1 diabetes mellitus
Genetic Disorders
Soliris™ (eculizumab) Alexion Pharmaceuticals paroxysmal nocturnal
hemoglobinuria (PNH)
Neurological Disorders
RN624 Rinat Neuroscience osteoarthritis pain
RN121 Rinat Neuroscience Alzheimer's disease
Respiratory Disorders
AB 912 Novartis Pharmaceuticals asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorders (COPD)
ABX-IL8 Amgen COPD
AMG 317 Arngen sthma
daclizumab (anti-CD25 MAb) Protein Design Labs sthma
Roche
MEDI-528 (anti-TL-9 MAb) Medlmmune asthma
mepolizartsab (anti-TL5 MAb) G 1 axo SmithKline asthma and nasal polyposis
TNX-832 Tanox respiratory diseases
Houston, TX
Xo Lair® (omalizurnab) Genentech pediatric asthma
Novartis Pharmaceuticals
Transplatation
O THOCLONE OKT© 3 Ortho Biotech acute kidtiey transplant rejection, (muromomab - CD 3 ) reversal of heart and liver
transplant rejection
Simulect® (basilixhxiab) N o rii s Ph armaceuti c ai s prevention of renal transplant rejection
Zenapax® (daclizumab) Roche prophylaxis of acute kidney transplant rejection
OKT3 -gamma- 1 Protein Design Labs renal transplant rejection
Johnson & Johnson
Other
CR 0002 CuraGen kidney inflammation denosumab (AMG 162) Amgen postmenopausal osteoporosis mepolizartsab (anti-IL5 MAb) GlaxoSrriithKllne hypereosinophilic syndrome,
eosinopblic esophagitis
Xolair® (omalizurnab) Gerientech peanut allergy
Tanox [0230] Non-limiting examples of protein-based or poiypeptide-based biologies include cytokines (e.g., interleukins), chemokines, growth factors, blood-production stimulating proteins (e.g., erythropoietin), hormones (e.g., Elonva* (follicle stimulating hormone), growth hormone), enzymes (e.g., Pulmozyme® (dornase alfa)), clotting factors, insulin, albumin, fragments thereof, conservatively modified variants thereof, analogs thereof, and combinations thereof,
[0231] Examples of cytokines include, but are not limited to, TNFa, TNF -related weak inducer of apoptosis (TWEAK), osteoprotegerin (OPG), IFN-a, IFN-β, IFN-y, interleukins (e.g., TL- l a, IL-l p, IL-1 receptor antagonist (IL- l ra), IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, TL-6, soluble IL-6 receptor (sIL-6 ), IL-7, IL-8, 1L-9, IL- 10, IL-12, 1L- 13 , 11,- 15, IL- 17, 1L-23 , and 11,-27), adipocytokines (e.g., ieptin, adiponectin, resistin, active or total plasminogen activator inhibitor- 1 (PAI- 1 ), visfatin, and retinol binding protein 4 (RBP4)), and combinations thereof. In particular embodiments, the interleukin comprises IL-2 such as Proleukin"* (aldesleukin; recombinant IL-2). [0232] Examples of chemokines include, but are not limited to, CXCL l/GRO l/GROa, CXCL2/GR02, CXCL3/GR03, CXCL4/PF-4, CXCL5/ENA-78, CXCL6/GCP-2,
CXCL7/NAP-2, CXCL9/MIG, CXCLlO/IP- 10, CXCLi i/I-TAC, CXCL12/SDF- 1,
CXCL 13/BCA-1 , CXCL 14/BRAK, CXCLI 5, CXCL 16, CXCI . i ? WC. CCLl ,
CCL2/MCP- 1 , CCL3/MIP-l , CCL4/MIP- 1 β, CCL5/RANTES, CCL6/C 10, CCL7/MCP-3, CCL8/MCP-2, CCL9/CCL10, CCL l l/Eotaxin, CCLl 2/MCP-5, CCLl 3/MCP-4,
CCL 14/HCC-1 , CCL 15/MIP-5, CCL 16/LEC, CCL17 TARC, CCL 18/MIP-4, CCL19/MIP- 3β, CCL20/MIP-3 , CCL21/SLC, CCL22/MDC, CCL23/MPIF 1, CCL24/Eotaxin-2, CCL25/TECK, CCL26/Eotaxin-3, CCL27/CTACK, CCL28/MEC, CL 1 , CL2, CX3CL1 , and combinations thereof. [0233] Non-limiting examples of growth factors include epidermal growth factor (EGF), heparin-binding epidermal growth factor (HB-EGF), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), pigment epithelium-derived factor (PEDF; also known as SERPINF 1 ),
amphiregulin (AREG; also known as schwannorna-derived growth factor (SDGF)), basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF), hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), transforming growth factor-a (TGF-a), transforming growth factor- β (TGF-β Ι , ΤΟΡ-β2, ΤΟΡ-β3, etc.), endothelin- 1 ( ET- 1 ), keratinocyte growth factor (KGF; also known as FGF7), bone morphogenetic proteins (e.g., BMP I -BMP 15), platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), nerve growth factor (NGF), β-nerve growth factor (β-NGF), neurotrophic factors (e.g., brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), neurotrop in 3 (NTS), neurotrophin 4 (NT4), etc.), growth differentiation factor-9 (GDF-9), granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), myostatin (GDF-8), erythropoietin (EPO),
thrombopoietin (TPO), and combinations thereof,
[0234] Examples of receptor construet-based or fusion protein-based biologies include, but are not limited to, naturally-occurring receptors linked to an immunoglobulin frame (e.g., Orencia^ (abatacept; immunoglobin CTLA-4 fusion protein), Amevive"* (alefacept; IgGl fusion protein), ENBREL™ (etanercept; recombinant human TNF-receptor fusion protein), engineered proteins combining two different polypeptide species (e.g., Ontak* (denileukin diftitox; engineered protein comprising interleukin-2 and diphtheria toxin), and combinations thereof.
[0235] The present invention can therefore be used in methods for detecting and measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and non-neutralizing autoantibodies to biologies such as anti-TNFa drug therapeutics in a sample from a subject receiving biologic therapy for one or more of the diseases or disorders referred to herein and Table 1, including one or more of the following:
[0236] Inflammatory diseases, such as inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) (e.g., Crohn's disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC)), uveitis, sarcoidosis, Wegener's granulomatosis, and other diseases with inflammation as a central feature;
[0237] Autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis (RA), multiple scieorisis (MS), systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), ankylosing spondylitis (Bechterew's disease), lupus, psoriatic arthritis, juvenile idiopathic arthritis, psoriasis, and erythematosus;
[0238] Cancer, such as digestive and gastrointestinal cancers (e.g., colorectal cancer, small intestine (small bowel) cancer; gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumors, colon cancer, rectal cancer, anal cancer, bile duct cancer, gastric (stomach) cancer; esophageal cancer; appendix cancer; and the like); gallbladder cancer; liver cancer;
pancreatic cancer; breast cancer; lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer); prostate cancer; ovarian cancer; renal cancer (e.g., renal cell carcinoma); cancer of the central nervous system; skin cancer; choriocarcinomas; head and neck cancers; hematological malignancies (e.g., leukemia, lymphoma such as B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma); osteogenic sarcomas (e.g., Ewing sarcoma); soft tissue sarcomas (e.g., Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans (DFSP), rhabdomyosarcoma); other soft tissue malignancies, and papillary thyroid carcinomas; [0239] Infectious diseases, such as C. difficile disease, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), HTV, anthrax, candidiasis, staphylococcal infections, and hepatitis C;
[0240] Blood disorders, such as sepsis, septic shock, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, and hemolytic uremic syndrome; [0241] Cardiovascular disease, such as atherosclerosis, acute myocardial infarction, cardiopulmonary bypass, and angina;
[0242] Metabolic disorders, such as diabetes, e.g., type-I diabetes mellitus;
[0243] Genetic disorders, such as paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH);
[0244] Neurological disorders, such as osteoarthritis pain and Alzheimer's disease; [0245] Respiratory disorders, such as asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorders (COPD), nasal polyposis, and pediatric asthma;
[0246] Skin diseases, such as psoriasis, including chronic moderate to severe plaque psoriasis;
[0247] Transplant rejection, such as acute kidney transplant rejection, reversal of heart and liver transplant rejection, prevention of renal transplant rejection, prophylaxis of acute kidney transplant rejection, and renal transplant rejection; and/or
[0248] Other disorders, such as kidney inflammation, postmenopausal osteoporosis (bone disorders), hypereosinophilic syndrome, eosinophilic esophagitis and peanut allergy,
[0249] In particular embodiments, the subject has a TNF -mediated disease or disorder such as, e.g., an autoimmune disease (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis) or an inflammatory disease (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) such as Crohn's disease (CD) or ulcerative colitis (UC)).
VI. Examples
[0250] The present invention will be described in greater detail by way of specific examples. The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes, and are not intended to limit the invention in any manner. Those of skill in the art. will readily recognize a variety of noncritical parameters which can be changed or modified to yield essentially the same results.
[0251] The examples from PCT Application No. PCT/US2Q 12/025437, filed February 16, 2012, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes. Example L Development of a Novel Assay to Monitor Neutralizing Anti-Drag Antibody Formation in IBD Patients,
[0252] This example illustrates a novel homogeneous assay for detecting or measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drag autoantibodies (ADA) in a patient sample (e.g., serum) using size exclusion chromatography in the presence of labeled (e.g., fluorescently labeled) anti-TNFa drag and labeled TNF . In particular embodiments, this assay is advantageous because it obviates the need for wash steps which remove low affinity ADA, uses distinct labels (e.g., fiuorophores) that allow for detection on the visible and/or T spectra which decreases background and serum interference issues, increases the ability to detect neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing ADA in patients with a low titer due to the high sensitivity of fluorescent label detection, and occurs as a. liquid phase reaction, thereby reducing the chance of any changes in the epitope by attachment to a solid surface such as an ELISA plate.
[0253] Infliximab (IFX) and adalimumab (ADL) are anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies prescribed for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Anti-drag antibodies (ADA) often develop during the course of therapy. A proportion of these ADA are neutralizing antibodies (NAb). While ADA will negatively impact drug pharmacokinetics, the presence of NAb will additionally cause loss of drag efficacy through blockage of the drag's binding site. This example describes an assay to monitor the development of NAb in IBD patients receiving IFX treatment based on a homogenous mobility shift assay (FTMSA) platform and shows the correlation between antibody -to-infliximab (ATI) maturation and NAb formation.
[0254] Methods: Serum concentrations of IFX and ATI were measured by HMSA as described in, e.g., PCT Application No. PCT/US2012/025437, filed February 16, 2012, and PCT Publication No. WO 201 1 /056590, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by- reference in their entirety for all purposes. For the NAb assay, patient serum containing ATI was first acid dissociated, then two labeled proteins (e.g., IFX-Alexa488 and TNF alpha- Alexa532) were added, followed by eutralization. The solution was diluted to 2% serum, injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column and complexes monitored by fluorescence. The area under the curve (AUG) of the free TNF-Alexa532 peak in each spectrum (e.g., plot or chromatogram) was calculated for controls and patient samples and then a percent NAb calculated. ATI that completely block antigen binding are defined as 100% NAb, 50% means that an equal proportion of A TI in the sample is non-N Ab, and 0% means that all ATI is non- NAb. A reference range was established using serum from 75 healthy volunteers. ATI positive serum samples (>3.13 U/mL) from 132 residual IBD patient serum screened for IFX and ATI levels were analyzed for NAb, Positive controls were created using pooled ATI positive patient serum.
[0255] For data analysis, a peak detection algorithm is used to find all of the peaks and troughs in each spectrum per experiment, A cubic smoothing spline is fit to each spectrum, and peaks and troughs are defined as a change in the first derivative of the signal, A peak is a sign change of the spectrum's slope from positive to negative. Conversely, troughs are defined as a change in sign from negative to positive. The tallest peak within a window at the expected location of the free TNF-Alexa532 peak (e.g., 1 1.3 to 13 minutes) is taken to be the free peak itself. The troughs directly above and below the detected free peak define the upper and lower limits of the peak itself. Areas under the bound, free (T F and IFX) and negative control peaks are found by integrating the peak area within the limits described above using the trapezoid rule. The % of the TNF-Alexa332 peak area is then calculated for each sample by using the formula.:
% = [(a-b)/c]* 100
wherein a - AUC of the TNF-Alexa532 peak in an unknown sample, b— AUC of the TNF- Alexa3.32 peak from a NAb negative control (e.g., IFX-Alexa488 + TNF-Alexa532 in normal human serum), and c = AU G of the free TNF-Alexa.532 in normal human serum. For the calculation, "c" is set to 100% and "b" is as close to 0% as possible, although it may vary based on reaction conditions. The range between "b" and "c" defines the maximum window of sensitivity.
[0256] Results: The NAb assay of the invention has demonstrated high reproducibility, accuracy, and precision. The intra- and inter-assay precision is less than 20% of CV, and the accuracy of the assay is within 25%. The precision and accuracy obtained with the NAb assay of the invention is substantially better than cell-based assays or ELISAs. IFX drug tolerance is -6 μ^'ηιΤ, while TNFa interferes at greater than 1.0 ng/niL. Positive controls from pooled ATI positive patient serum dilute linearly from 40-5% NAb. Analysis of healthy controls shows that samples that return a value of >3% (e.g., .3.06%) are considered NAb positive. More than 30 ATI positive patient serum samples (3.12-199.43 U/mL) were screened for NAb, and 26 out of 132 (19.7%) of the ATI positive patient serum samples were NAb positive (mean 22.47%, range 3.29-51.63%). ATI levels greater than 60 U/mL corresponded to highly neutralizing Ab. Further analysis of NAb positive samples reveals a linear correlation between ATI titer and NAb positivity. In particular, Figure 1 illustrates that there was a clear relationship between NAb percent (y-axis) and ATI levels (Spearman Rank Correlation, rho=0.564, p « 0.0001 ). Figure 2 illustrates that an ATI concentration > 60 U/ral is predictive of NAb positivity (NAb+). Sensitivity = 77.8%; Specificity = 98.1%; Odds ratio = 63.6, p « 0.0001, Fisher's Exact Test. Figure 3 illustrates an ATI cutoff analysis and demonstrates that ATI predicts NAb with a ROC AUG of 0.931. True Positive Rate (TPR) = Sensitivity; False Positive Rate (FPR) = 1 - Specificity.
[0257] Conclusion: Monitoring of NAb, in addition to drug and ADA levels, provides necessary information on the ADA response and helps guide early therapeutic intervention. This method can be applied to the characterization of ADA against any biologic therapy.
Example 2„ Patient Case Studies for Monitoring the Formation of Neutralizing Anti- Drag Antibodies Over Time.
[0258] This example illustrates additional embodiments of a novel homogeneous assay for detecting or measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti-drug autoantibodies (ADA) in a patient sample (e.g., serum) using size exclusion chromatography in the presence of labeled (e.g., fluorescently labeled) anti-TNFa drug and labeled TNFa. In addition, this example demonstrates time course case studies of 3BD patients on anti-TNFa drug therapy for monitoring the formation of neutralizing and/or non -neutralizing anti-drug antibodies and/or a shift from non-neutralizing to neutralizing anti-drug antibodies while the patient is on therapy. - Drug and anti-drug antibody assays
[0259] Figure 4 illustrates detection of ATI (i.e., antibody to IFX; "HACA") by the fluid phase mobility shift assay described herein. For example, 444 ng of Aiexa488 labeled IFX (18.8 μ§ ηι1 in 100% serum) was spiked into a sample to outcompete free IFX. In particular embodiments, patient semm samples containing complexes of IFX and ATI can be subjected to acid dissociation, wherein equilibration with acid dissociation and label addition followed by neutralization is performed.
[0260] Figure 5 illustrates an exemplar}' ATLTFX fluid phase mobility shift assay of the present invention. For example, samples containing various concentrations of ATI (standards or unknowns) equilibrated with fluorescently labeled Infliximab (IFX-488) were injected on size exclusion columns in 2% serum. Figure 5 shows that large IFX-488/ATI complexes eluted first, followed by smaller complexes and then unbound IFX-488 and the Alexa/488 loading control. Unknown concentrations wrere determined by interpolation from a standard curve. Detection of IFX followed a similar methodology. 2. Neutralizing and non-neutralizing anti-drug antibody assays
[0261] Figures 6 and 7 illustrate assays of the present invention for determining whether anti-drug antibodies such as ATI are neutralizing or non-neutralizing autoantibodies using size exclusion chromatography to detect the binding of these autoantibodies to fluorescently labeled anti-TNF drug in the presence of fluorescently labeled TNFa. In one exemplary embodiment, an anti-TNFa drug such as IFX is labeled with a fluorophore "FT", wherein the fiuorophore can be detected on either or both the visible and IR spectra. Similarly, T Fa is labeled with a fluorophore "F2", wherein the fluorophore can also be detected on either or both the visible and IR spectra, and wherein "F l " and "F2" are different fiuorophores. The labeled anti-TNFa drag and the labeled TNFa are incubated with human serum in a liquid phase reaction to allow the formation of complexes {i.e., immune complexes) between the labeled anti-TNFa drug {e.g., IFX), labeled TNFa, and/or anti-drug antibodies {e.g., ATI) present in the serum.
[0262] Following incubation, the samples are loaded directly onto a size exclusion column and subjected to the HPLC mobility shift assay. Figure 6 illustrates a non-neutralizing antidrug antibody (ADA) assay of the present invention in which binding of both the anti-drug antibody {e.g., ATI) and the labeled TNFa (e.g., Alexa532 labeled TNFa; "TNF-532") to the labeled anti-TNFa drug {e.g., Alexa488 labeled IFX; "IFX-488") results in a decrease in free TNF-532 levels. Figure 7 illustrates a neutralizing ADA assay of the present invention in which binding of anti-drug antibody (e.g., ATI) to the labeled anti-TNFa drug (e.g., IFX-488) without binding of the labeled TNFa (e.g., TNF-532) results in substantially the same amount of free TNF-532 levels as the TNF-532 control.
3. Time course studies for monitoring neutralizing and non-neutralizing anti-drug antibodies
[0263] Figures 8-1 1 illustrate data from a UC patient case study for determining whether anti-drug antibodies such as ATI are neutralizing or non-neutralizing autoantibodies using the mobility shift assays of the present invention. For example, Figure 8 illustrates the levels of IFX and ATI over a time course of 5 samples taken 1 , 2, or 3 months apart. Figure 9 shows peak analy sis to determine the percentage of free TNFa over time. In particular, the peak area of T F-532/IFX-488 complexes was subtracted from the free labeled TNFa area of all samples and then % of free TNFa was calculated. Notably, Figure 9 demonstrates an increase in the level of free TNFa o ver the time course of 5 samples taken 1 , 2, or 3 months apart, indicating an increase in neutralizing autoantibody levels. Figure 10 illustrates a shift from the presence of non-neutralizing autoantibodies to neutralizing autoantibodies over time as exemplified in 3 samples taken 2 or 3 months apart and spiked with IFX, For the "Nov Year 1 " sample, non-neutralizing antibody binds to spiked-in IFX and shows a decrease in the TNF--532 peak. For the "Jan Year 2" sample, a mixture of neutralizing antibody
(NAb)/non-neutraiizing antibody (Ab) shows a small decrease in the TNF-532 peak relative to the level of the initial complex. As ATI becomes almost completely neutralizing ("April Year 2" sample), high IFX levels cannot overcome ATI binding to IFX, preventing any TNFa binding. As such, Figure 10 demonstrates a UC patient ATI profile in which the ATI profile shifts from a non-neutralizing ATI profile to a profile containing a mixture of neutralizing ATI and non-neutralizing ATI to a neutralizing ATI profile over the course of IFX therapy. Figure 11 shows pea,k analysis to determine the percentage of free TNFa over time in samples thai were spiked with IFX. In particular, the peak area of TNF-532/IFX-488 complexes was subtracted from the free TNFa area of all samples and then the percent (%) of free TNFa was calculated. Notably, Figure 11 demonstrates an increase in the level of free TNFa over the time course of samples ta,ken from the UC patient, indicating an increase in neutralizing autoantibody levels and a shift from non-neutralizing ATI to neutralizing ATI while the patient is on IFX therapy.
[0264] Figures 12-14 illustrate various controls performed using the mobility shift assays of the present invention. In particular, Figure 12 shows the use of rabbit anti-human IgGl Fc as a non-neutralizing antibody (Ab) control. Figure 13 shows the use of ATI positive serum as a mixed neutralizing antibody (NAb)/non-neutralizing antibody (Ab) control. Figure 14 shows that purification of ATI from ATI positive serum results in loss of weaker affinity NAb. Figure 15 illustrates peak analysis from a UC patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa in these various controls. In particular, the peak area of the TNF-532/IFX-488 complex was subtracted from the free TNFa area of all samples and then t e percent (%) of free TNFa was calculated.
[0265] Figures 16-18 illustrate data, from CD patient case studies for determining whether anti-drug antibodies such as ATI are neutralizing or non-neutralizing autoantibodies using the mobility shift assays of the present invention. For example, Figure 16 shows a peak analysis from a CD patient case study to determine the percentage of free TNFa over a time course of 4 samples taken 7 or 8 weeks apart during a 30-week period. Moreover, Figure 17 shows a peak analysis from another CD patient case s tudy to determine the percentage of free TNFa over a time course of 3 samples taken during a 50-week period. In addition, Figure 18 shows a peak analysis from 4 additional CD patient case studies to determine the percentage of free TNFa in a sample at a particular week during or after induction or maintenance of therapy. Example 3: Detection of Neutralizing Antibody (NAb) Activity via a HPLC Mobility Shift Competitive Ligand-Binding Assay.
[0266] This example illustrates yet additional embodiments of a novel homogeneous assay for detecting or measuring the presence or level of neutralizing and/or non-neutralizing anti- drug autoantibodies (ADA) in a patient sample (e.g., serum) using an HPLC size exclusion chromatography assay. In addition, this example demonstrates methods for predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of NAb with alternative biological daigs such as other anti- T F drugs.
[0267] In some embodiments, a multi-tiered approach to immunogenic! ty testing comprises first screening both drug and anti-drug antibodies by a rapid, sensitive screening assay. This approach is recommended by both the FDA and the EMEA and is a useful management tool for large clinical trials and multiple time points per patient. After confirming the presence of ADA such as ATI, patient samples are then further examined for the presence of neutralizing antibodies that may have significant negative clinical consequences. Neutralizing antibodies interfere with the biological activity by binding to or near the active site, or by induction of conformational changes, inducing a loss of efficacy. Samples containing ATI may also be screened for isotype and epitope specificity. Comparison of patients' clinical responses to product before and following ADA development can provide information on the correlation between ADA development (and antibody characteristics) and clinical responses. [0268] A NAb assay has been developed as disclosed herein that utilizes an HPLC mobility shift assay. In certain embodiments, the multi-tiered approach or test comprises or consists of any one, two, or all three of the following tiers: (1) screening to qualitatively determine if a sample is NAb positive (yes/no based on cuipoint established from analysis of normal human serum); (2) confirming that the sample is NAb positive using, e.g., immunocompetition and/or immunodepletion; and/or (3) predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of NAb with alternative biological drags.
L Screening Tier
[0269] After a patient sample has been confirmed as positive for ADA, it can be screened for NAb. In certain aspects, a subpopulation of ADA is NAb. In certain embodiments, patient serum containing ADA (e.g., antibody to IPX, also known as "ATI" or "HACA") is first acid dissociated with 0.5M citric acid in HPLC water for 1 hr at room temperature (RT). Samples are prepared in a 96 well plate and incubation is conducted in the dark on a plate shaker. Next, two labeled proteins (e.g., drug-Alexa488 (e.g., IFX-Alexa488) and TNFa- Alexa532 in HPLC water containing 0.1% BSA) are added. The samples are neutralized by the addition of 10X PBS, pH 7,3, and incubation for 1 hour at RT in the dark on a plate shaker. The samples are diluted to 2% serum with additional 10X buffer and HPLC water. The samples are then injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column. Complexes or species of differing sizes are separated and monitored by fluorescence, e.g., Free TNFa-Alexa532 ("T F532"), Free IFX-Alexa488 ("IFX488"), TNF532/IFX488 complexes,
TNF532/1FX488/AT1 complexes (non-neutralizing Ab), and ATI/IFX488 complexes (NAb). After comparing the results to negative (see, e.g., Figures 12, 19) and positive (see, e.g.. Figure 13) controls along with a cutoff established from normal human sera (e.g., reference range of 3.06% NAb), the sample can be designated as positive or negative for NAb and a titer can be determined.
10270] Figure 19 demonstrates detection of non-neutralizing antibody activity via the mobility shift assay. Upon combination of TNF532 with IFX488, there is a shift to the retention time of approximately 8 minutes, indicating the formation of a higher molecular weight complex. The Free IFX-488 peak (around 10.5 minutes) completely disappears and the Free TNF-532 peak (around 12 minutes) almost completely disappears as well (indicating the formation of an ATT/IFX/TNF ternary complex). A non-neutralizing Ab that binds away from the active site of IFX follows a similar pattern. The mouse monoclonal antibody (e.g., around 7 minutes) performs as desired. [0271] Figure 13 demonstrates detection of neutralizing antibody activity via the mobility shift assay. A completely neutralizing Ab prevents the ability of IFX to bind to TNF (e.g., due to blockage of the active site). This is seen in the chromatogram as a disappearance of the IFX-488 peak with the formation of a higher molecular weight species. The TNF-532 peak will not change. In reality, most patients experience a combination of non- neutralizing/neutralizing Ab as seen in the pooled patient serum in Figure 13 (ATI Pos.
Serum, solid black line). Rabbit polyclonal antibodies against the F(ab')2 fragment of IFX/TTumira as an improved NAb positive control are also useful.
[0272] Figure 8 illustrates the development of a NAb response over time in a patient during the course of IFX treatment. While they are positive for ATI at all time points, it is not until the Jan Year 2 (light grey arrow, third from top at -Ί2 min) time point that NAb develops. The ATI/IFX-488 complexes shift to a slightly different retention time (-7.8 minutes) that Indicates a different sized complex as compared to complexes of TNF532/IFX488/ATI (-8,2 and 8.8 mins). Confirmation of neutralizing activity in the presence of additional IFX versus an Irrelevant protein (Imnmnocompetltion) may be performed as well. Patients such as this would be ideal candidates for treatment adjustment.
[0273] Figure 9 plots the data as a bar graph of the AUC of the % free TNF peak remaining, clearly demonstrating that over time the patient is developing Ab. Even low levels of NAb development observed at early time points are predictive of disease relapse; treatment adjustment for patients displaying this activity is recommended. For example, the patient should be placed on one or more immunosuppressive agents such as methotrexate (MTX) or azathioprine (AZA) while taking the existing anti-TNF drug and/or switched to a different anti-TNF drug. Π, Confirmatory Tier
[0274] In the confirmatory tier, drag (e.g., anti-TNFot antibody) is spiked into the sample at a variety of concentrations (e.g., 1-50 .ug^'mL) to determine the neutralizing capability of the sample, in parallel, non-specific IgG is spiked in at similar levels. The samples spiked with drug should show a dose response to the dnig and an EC50 of the NAb can be calculated. Non-specific IgG should have no effect. Immunodepietion can also be performed to rule out the effect of the matrix, if necessary.
[0275] Figure 10 illustrates a shift from the presence of non-neutralizing autoantibodies to neutralizing autoantibodies over time as exemplified In 3 samples taken 2 or 3 months apart and spiked with IFX. Patient serum from each time point responds to spiked-in IFX, showing specificity of response. Over time, the NAb becomes more neutralizing and eventually can neutralize >2() μ¾'πιί IFX (the April Year 2 sample does not decrease when IFX is spiked- in). A complete titration can be performed to determine the EC50 of the NAb at each time point.
III. Cross- eaetiyityiiil er [0276] The cross -reactivity tier is particularly useful for predicting whether a patient will respond to a drug or therapy such as, e.g., an anti-TNFct drag or therapy.
[0277] In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods to rapidly determine which therapeutic drugs will or will not work in a patient (e.g., a Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, or rheumatoid arthritis patient) based on the ability of an anti-dmg antibody (ADA) to cross-react with a series of different anti-TNF therapeutics. As a non-limiting example, one or more of the following drags may be tested in patients (e.g., Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, and/or rheumatoid arthritis patients) that have NAb to Remicade (infliximab): Enbrel (etanercept); Humira (adalimumab); Cimzia (certolizumab pegol); and Simponi (golimumab). After testing positive for NAb with, a specific drug (e.g., IFX), the NAb assay can then be performed with a series of other drags (e.g., fruorescently- labeled drags) using the method of the initial NAb test described above. [0278] The predictive test of the present invention is useful in the management of patient treatment by preventing the use of a drug (e.g., an anti-TNFa drug) that will be neutralized by a patient's antibodies. Without being bound by any particular theory, the sequence of the binding site of the neutralizing ADA has likely developed in such a way to resemble that of TNFa (see, Figure 20). If the NAb neutralizes any of the other anti-TNF drugs, then those other anti-TNF drugs would likely be a poor alternative to the drug that is already being administered as the patient will likely have an immune response. In some embodiments, a cutoff established from normal human serum can be used to determine if a test sample from a patient is positive or negative. The test can be run in a rapid, cost-effective manner in an in vitro setting. [0279] The following non- limiting case studies included Patients 1 and 2, who were treated with Reniicade (infliximab), but who subsequently lost response to Reniicade. Patient 1 had UC and Patient 2 had CD. The mobility shift assay described herein clearly demonstrated that Patients 1 and 2 lost response to Reniicade as they developed anti-Remicade antibodies (e.g., ATI). These anti-Remicade antibodies were then shown to be neutralizing antibodies (e.g., NAb).
[0280] Figure 21 illustrates that Patients 1 and 2 developed neutralizing antibodies (NAb). These NAb compete with TNFa for the Remicade binding site. Importantly, these NAb might cross-react with other anti-TNF therapeutics. If the NAb cross-react with other anti- TNF therapeutics, changing to another anti-TNF therapeutic will not help these patients. As such, the predictive assays of the present invention provide advantages over current methods of managing patients who lose response to Remicade, in which positive HACA (detectable antibody) is managed by changing to another anti-TNF agent (see, e.g., Afif et al, Am. J. Gastroenterol, 105(5): 1 133-9 (2010)).
[0281] To determine the cross-reactivity of NAb produced in response to one anti-TNF drug with other anti-TNF drugs, N Ab which developed when the patient was on Remicade (IFX) were tested against Humira (adalimumab). The data shown in Figure 21 clearly demonstrated that NAb generated against IFX cross-react with Humira. Figure 21 illustrates that the free Humira peak (between 10 and 1 1 minutes, bottom panel of each patient study) is completely shifted to a higher molecular weight when the patient serum containing NAb is added (~12 minutes, patient study #1 ; -12 minutes, patient study #2; bottom panel of each patient study). These results indicate that the NAb binds to Humira in such a way that, to an extent, the NAb prevents TNFa from accessing the antigen-binding site of Humira, Figure 22 depicts this schematically for both NAb and non-NAb determinations.
[0282] In certain embodiments, the assay methods of the present invention predict that these patients will not respond to Humira or any other anti-TNF therapeutics. The patient should not be treated with anti-TNF therapy and should be switched to alternative therapy options, including, but not limited to, Actemra, Kineret, Orencia, Rituxan, and/or Arzerra for rheumatoid arthritis (RA), or Tysabri and/or steroids for Crohn's disease (CD).
[0283] Accordingly, the methods of the present invention are particularly advantageous for predicting whether a patient will respond to anti-TNFa therapy by determining or measuring the presence and/or concentration level of neutralizing antibodies (NAb) and/or non-NAb in a sample from the patient. In one embodiment, if the sample contains N Ab to one anti-TNFa drug, these NAb will likely cross -react and be neutralizing to other anti-TNF drags, such that the recommended treatment adjustment for the patient would be to switch to a drug with a different mechanism of action (e.g., a non-anti-TNF agent). In another embodiment, if the sample contains non-neutralizing ADA to one anti-TNFa drug, then the recommended treatment adjustment for the patient would be to switch to another anti-TNFa drug. Example 4: Assays for Detecting the Presence and Cross-Reactivity of Neutralizing Anti-Drug Antibodies (NAb).
[0284] This example illustrates additional embodiments rel ated to the assay methods of the present invention for screening to determine if a sample is NAb positive and predicting and/or determining the cross-reactivity of NAb with alternative biological drugs (see, e.g., Example 3). In particular embodiments, the assay methods described herein are useful for predicting whether a subject receiving a first anti-TNFa drag will respond to alternative anti- TNFa therapy by determining whether a sample obtained from the subject is either positive or negative for NAb. If the sample is positive for NAb, the methods comprise determining whether the N Ab will cross-react with a second anti-TNFa drug and recommending that the subject be switched to a non-anti-TNFa drug when the NAb cross-react with the second anti- TNFa dmg. If the sample is negative for NAb, the methods comprise recommending that the subject be switched to a second anti-TNFa dmg. [0285] Figure 23 shows the generation and use of an exemplar}' NAb standard curve of the invention. Samples containing various concentrations of rabbit (Rb) anti-IFX antibody (ATI) semm ·: . <·.. standards or unknowns) equilibrated with fluorescently labeled TNF-532/IFX- 488 were injected onto size exclusion columns in 2% serum. Large immune complexes eluted first, followed by smaller complexes and then unbound IFX-488 and TNF-532.
Unknowrn concentrations can be determined by interpolation from the standard curve. Rabbit serum containing different mixtures of NAb and non-NAb can be combined to make controls. The NAb assay described herein has an improved cut-off of 2.72% compared to an old cutoff of 1 1.63% (N = 50 normal samples). Table 2 provides a summary of NAb clinical studies by patient.
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0002
[0286] The cross-reactivity assay methods of the present invention are particularly useful for predicting whether switching to another biological treatment will be beneficial. After finding that a patient is NAb positive to one drug, fluorescently-labeied alternative drugs can be used in the assay. If patient serum still shows neutralizing capability, the new drug will be unlikely to succeed. Such methods are advantageous because they can be used to screen a panel of drugs in a cost-effective and timely manner to enable a suggestion or indication of the best treatment options.
[0287] Figures 24 and 25 provide additional case studies to the patient studies described in Example 3 and set forth in Figure 21 . In particular, Patients 3 and 4, who were treated with Remicade (infliximab, IFX), but who subsequently lost response to IFX, were identified as being patients who will likely not respond to Humira (adalimumab, ADL) because NAb which developed when the patient was on IFX were determined to be cross-reactive with ADL. [0288] Figure 26 shows non-limiting examples of patient studies which demonstrate ATI affinity maturation and the development of cross-reactive ATI. Example 5: Development of a Novel Assay to Monitor Neutralizing Anti-Drug
Antibody Formation in IBD Patients,
BACKGROUND AND AIMS
[0289] Anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies, such as infliximab (IFX), adaiimumab (ADL), and others are prescribed for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Certain patients will generate anti-drug antibodies (ADA) that can cause loss of drug efficacy and adverse reactions. Neutralizing ADA (NAb) bind to the antigen binding site, preventing access to TNF and directly reducing or preventing drug efficacy. Binding ADA interact with structural components other than the antigen binding site and do not directly affect drug efficacy, though they may alter drug phanmocokinetics. We have developed an assay to monitor the development of NAb in IBD patients receiving IFX or ADL treatment based on our homogenous mobility shift assay (ITMSA) platform and show the correlation between ATI/ATA maturation and NAb formation.
METHODS L Principle of the Competitive Ligand Binding NAb Assay for ATI
ATI positive patient serum is acid dissociated.
IFX-Alexa488 and TNF-A1exa532 added and solution neutralized.
The solution is diluted to 2% serum, injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column and complexes monitored by fluorescence.
The area under the curve (AUC) of the free TNF-Alexa532 peak is calculated for controls and patient samples.
IFX-Alexa488 binds TNF-Aiexa532, reducing the assay signal.
NAb neutralizes IFX-Alexa488 and recovers the assay signal.
NAb activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal.
« % Recovery = (T FAucsample~-BKGD)/(TNFAucFree Label -BKGD)* 100, e.g., (Free labeled TNFaAuc of the Sample - BKGD (i.e., "background"))/(Free labeled TNFdAuc of the Control Sample - BKGD)* 100.
Figure 27 provides an illustration of the competitive ligand binding assay of the invention.
11· Drug and ADA Level Measurement * Serum concentrations of infliximab, adalimuraab and associated ADA were measured by the HMSA as described previously (see, Wang et a!., J. Immunol. Methods, 2012, 382: 177). ill. Samples * Serum was from residual samples or an IRB approved study of IBD patients and healthy controls were purchased from Golden West Biologies, Inc.
* Serum isolated from rabbits immunized with infliximab or adalimumab was used to generate polyclonal antibodies against infliximab and adalimumab. The
immunoglobulin traction was purified by affinity chromatography and concentration determined by UV/VIS spectroscopy. Purified ATI and ATA was spiked into normal human serum for the sensitivity and specificity experiments.
RESULTS
[0290] Figure 28 illustrates the clinical utility of the neutralizing assay. (Left) 130 ATI positive residual serum samples from patients undergoing routine testing were analyzed for neutralizing capability (0.0- 430 U/mL, mean = 49.22 U/mL, median = 19.10 U/mL). The assay cut-off was determined from measuring NAb levels in a. subset of 33 patients with low- ATI positivitv. The cut-off with a 99% one-side confidence limit was calculated to be 1.28% by the formula of mean -<- 2,33 x SD. Of the remaining patients, 37/97 (38.1%) were NAb positive (mean = 7.43% Recovery). (Right) 11 ATA positive serum samples from a cross- sectional study of patients experiencing loss of response to adalimumab therapy were tested for neutralizing capability (7.93-147.9 U/ml, mean=36.97 U/mL, median = 16.39 U/mL). The assay cut-off was set to 1.28% as above. 5/1 1 (45.5%) of the serum samples were NAb positive (mean = 8.19% Recovery). The higher percentage of NAb in this population may reflect the loss of response seen in these patients. [0291] Figure 29 illustrates the performance characteristics of the neutralizing assay. ATI and ATA was purified from rabbit serum as described in the methods section.
(A) Sensitivity and specificity of the N Ab assay. Purified ATI (19.3 ,ug rnL, left), purified ATA (49.1 μ^'ητΤ, right) and monoclonal mouse anti-human Fc (36.8 μ£ξ/ηιί.) were spiked into 50% normal human serum, 2-fold serial dilutions performed, and tested in the neutralizing assay. The assay sensitivity is defined as the lowest concentration of NAb in neat serum that generates a positive result in the NAb assay (i.e., greater than 1.28%, horizontal dashed line). The assay sensitivity of the ATI and ATA neutralizing assays were determined to be 0.15 and 0.914 }ig/mL, respectively (neat serum, vertical dashed lines). Both assays are specific for ATI (left) or ATA (right). B) Interference of infliximab in the NAb assay. In this experiment, the high control was tested in the presence of 2-fold serial dilutions of infliximab, starting at 50 μ&'ηιί,. The data was normalized to the control maximum signal and plotted as %inhibition of signal
(%inhibition = 100- % RecoveryNom - The leftmost vertical dashed line indicates the concentration of infliximab (4 ,Lig<'mL) that increases the CV to greater than 25%. The rightmost vertical dashed line indicates the IC50 of 9.9 ^ig/mL.
(C) Precision of NAb positive controls. High, Medium, and Low positive controls were made by diluting pooled ATI positive patient serum (200 U/ml. ATI as determined by
HMSA) 2-fold with normal human serum. Each control was tested across multiple different days (n=20). The mean (CV%) for each control were 51.35 (10.4%), 28.50 (15.03%) and 10.38 (24.22%) for the High, Medium, and Low controls, respectively.
CONCLUSIONS
[0292] The homogenous, fluid phase NAb assay can detect both ATI and ATA with neutralizing capacity. As little as 0.15 and 0,914 μ»/ηιί of neutralizing ATI or ATA, respectively, can be detected with high specificity. The assay can detect NAb in the presence of higher levels of drug (up to 4.0 .ug/mL) than most cell based or other competitive Sigand binding assays. The NAb assay has high accuracy and precision (CV <25%) across an extended dynamic range. The presence of neutralizing antibodies may predict loss of response in patien ts undergoing infliximab or adaiimumab therapy. Monitoring of NAb, in addition to drug and ADA levels, will provide necessary information on the AD A response and help guide early therapeutic intervention.
Example 6: Characterization of Neutralizing Anti-Drug Antibody Response in Patients with Loss of Response to Anti-TNF Therapy.
[0293] Anti-TNF monoclonal antibodies, such as infliximab (IFX) and adaiimumab (ADL), are prescribed for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease. Certain patients will generate anti-drug antibodies ( ADA) that can cause loss of dmg efficacy and adverse reactions.
Neutralizing ADA (NAb) bind to the antigen binding site, preventing access to TNF and directly preventing drug efficacy. Binding ADA interact with structural components other than the antigen binding site and do not directly affect dmg efficacy, though they may alter drug pharmacokinetics. We have developed an assay to monitor the de velopment of NAb in IBD patients receiving IFX or ADL treatment based on our homogenous mobility shift assay (HMSA) platform and show the correlation between ATT/ATA maturation and NAb formation.
[0294] Methods: 141 ATI or ATA positive patients were collected from an IRB approved study of IBD patients. Serum concentrations of IPX, ADL and associated ADA were measured by HMSA as described previously (Wang el ai, J. Immunol. Methods, 2012,
382: 177). Healthy controls were purchased from Golden West Biologies, Inc. Serum isolated from rabbits immunized with IPX or ADL was used to generate polyclonal antibodies against IPX and ADL. Purified rabbit ATI and ATA was spiked into normal human seram for the sensitivity and specificity experiments. For the NAb Assay, ATI positive patient serum is first acid dissociated. IFX-Alexa488 and TNF-Alexa532 is added and the solution neutralized. The solution is diluted to 2% seram, injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column and complexes monitored by fluorescence. The area under the curve (AUG) of the free TNF-Alexa532 peak is calculated for controls and patient samples. IFX-Alexa488 binds TNF-Alexa532, reducing the assay signal. NAb neutralizes iPX-Alexa488 and recovers the assay signal. NAb activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal.
[0295] Results: Validation of the NAB assay demonstrated high accuracy and precision (CV <25%) across an extended dynamic range. 130 ATI positive patients were analyzed for neutralizing capability (0.0- 430 U/mL, mean = 49.22 U/mL, median = 19.10 U/mL). The assay cut- off was determined from measuring NAb levels in a subset of 33 patients with low ATI positivity. The cut-off with a 99% one-side confidence limit was calculated to be 1.28% by the formula of mean + 2.33 x SD. Of the remaining patien ts, 37/97 (38.1%) were NAb positive (mean = 7,43% Recovery). 1 1 ATA positive patients experiencing loss of response to adalimumab therapy were tested for neutralizing capability (7.93-147.9 U/ml, mean=36.97 U/mL, median = 16.39 U/mL). The assay cut-off was set to 1.28% as above. 5/11 (45.5%) of the serum samples were N Ab positive (mean = 8.19% Recovery).
[0296] Conclusions: The presence of neutralizing antibodies may predict loss of response in patients undergoing infliximab or adalimumab therapy. Monitoring of NAb, in addition to drug and ADA levels, will provide necessary information on the ADA response and may help guide early therapeutic intervention, Example 7: improved Homogeneous Mobility Shift Assay (HMSA) for the Detection of Neutralizing Antibodies (Nab) in iBD Patients Treated with Infliximab or Adalimumab.
[0297] Background: When treated with infliximab (IPX) and adalimumab ( ADA), certain IBD patients will generate antibodies-to-infliximab or adalimumab (ATI/ATA) that can cause loss of drug efficacy and adverse reactions. ATI and ATA can be neutralizing antibodies (NAb) that bind to the drag's antigen binding site, preventing access to TNF and directly preventing drag efficacy. This example describes the NAb HMSA of the present invention optimized for improved sensitivity and specificity, and shows a correlation with CRP and drug levels in patient samples.
[0298] Methods: Serum concentrations of IFX, ADA and associated anti-drug antibodies were measured by HMSA {see, e.g., Wang et a!., J. Immunol. Methods, 382: 177-88 (2012)) in healthy controls and residual patient samples from routine testing. Seram isolated from rabbits immunized with IFX or ADA was used to generate polyclonal antibodies against IFX and ADA, purified and spiked into normal human serum to establish positive controls. For the NAb Assay, ATI positive patient seram is first acid dissociated, IFX-Alexa488 is added and the solution is neutralized, followed by TNF-Alexa488 addition. The solution is diluted to 4% serum, injected by HPLC on a size exclusion column and complexes are monitored by fluorescence. The area under the curve of the free TNF-A!exa/488 peak is calculated for controls and patient samples, IFX-Alexa488 binds TNF-Alexa488, reducing the assay signal. NAb neutralizes IFX-Alexa488 and recovers the assay signal. NAb activity is directly proportional to the measured assay signal.
[0299] Results: The NAb assay described in Example 6 demonstrated high accuracy and precision (CV <25%) across an extended dynamic range with a positive cutoff of 1.28% recovery (29.8 ng/mL). Optimization of the assay led to the ability to detect less than 10 ng/mL NAb in patient serum and improved accuracy (CV <I5%). Assay optimization included the following changes to the NAb assay described in Example 6: (1) switched to TNF- AIexa488 (kept IFX-Alexa488); (2) changed fluorescence detector wavelengths from Ex510_Em540 to Ex494JEm525 (Ex=excitation, Em=emission); (3) changed PMT (i.e., photomultiplier tube) gain from 14 to 18; (4) adj usted the molar ratio of TNF: IFX and decreased the amount of IFX/TNF in the assay; and (5) adjusted incubation conditions, i.e., added IFX, neutralized for 30 minutes, followed by the addition of TNF for 30 minutes. ATI positive patients were analyzed for neutralizing capability (3.1- 200 U/mL) using the optimized assay described herein compared to the assay described in Example 6. The two assay formats correlated well; however, the optimized assay detected a broader range of neutralizing antibodies (R/';;;0.998). The presence of detectable neutralizing antibodies was associated with both elevated CRP and decreased drug levels (pO.OOl ).
[0300] Conclusions: The presence of neutralizing antibodies (NAb) predicts loss of response, elevated CRP, and decreased drug levels in patients undergoing infliximab or adalimumab therapy. Monitoring of Ab, in addition to drug and anti-drug antibody levels, provides necessary information on the immune response and helps guide early therapeutic intervention,
[0301] Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, one of skill in the art will appreciate that certain changes and modifications may be practiced within the scope of the appended claims. In addition, each reference provided herein is incorporated by reference in its entirety to the same extent as if each reference was individually incorporated by reference.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS: 1. A method for measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to an anti-TNFot drag in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with a labeled anti-TNFa drag and a labeled TNFa to form:
(i) a first labeled complex of the labeled anti-TNFa drug and the
autoantibody; and/or
(ii) a second labeled complex of the labeled anti-TNFa drag, the labeled TNFa, and the autoantibody;
(b) subjecting the first labeled complex and/or the second labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate them from free labeled TNFa, free labeled anti-TNFa drag, and/or a complex of labeled anti-TNFa drag and labeled TNFa;
(c) measuring the level of free labeled TNFa after size exclusion chromatography; and
(d) comparing the level of free labeled TNFa measured in step (c) to the level of free labeled TNFa in a control sample, thereby measuring the percent or level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the anti-TNFa drag is selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab), ENBREL™ (etanercept), HUM1RA™ (adalimumab), CiMZIA* (certofizumab pegol), SIMPONI® (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
3. The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein the autoantibody to the anti-TNFa dr g is selected from the group consisting of a human anii-chimeric antibody (HACA), a human anti-hum ani zed antibody (HAHA), a human anti-mouse antibody (KAMA), and combinations thereof.
4. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein step (c) comprises measuring the area under the curve (AUC) of the free labeled TNFa peak of the sample after size exclusion chromatography.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the level of the tree labeled TNF in the control sample is calculated by measuring the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peal? in the control sample after size exclusion chromatography.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein step (d) comprises calculating a ratio of the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peak of the sample to the AUG of the free labeled TNFa peak of the control sample.
7. The method of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the sample is positive for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody when the sample has greater than an established threshold value of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody,
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the threshold value is between about 1.25% to about 1.30% of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody.
9. The method of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the control sample is a reference sample containing only free labeled TNFa.
10. The method of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the sample is serum,
11. The method of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the sample is obtained from a subject receiving therapy with the anti-TNFa drug.
12. The method of any one of claims 1 to 1 L wrherein the labeled anti- TNFa drug and the labeled TNFa comprise different fluorophores or fluorescent dyes.
13. The method of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is present in a population of autoantibodies comprising neutralizing autoantibodies and non-neutralizing autoantibodies.
14. A method for determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second anti-TNFa drag, the method comprising:
(a) measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample according to a method of any one of claims 1 to 13 to determine whether the sample is positive or negative for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody; and
if the sample is positive for the neutralizing form of the autoantibody, then: (b) contacting the sample with a labeled second anti-TNFa drug to form a labeled complex of the labeled second anti-TNFa drug and the neutralizing form of the autoantibody;
(c) subjecting the labeled complex to size exclusion chromatography to separate the labeled complex; and
(d) detecting the labeled complex, thereby determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to a first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second anti-TNFa drug,
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the first and second anti-TNFa drugs are indepedently selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab),
E BREL™ (etanercept), HUM1RA™ (adalimumab), CIMZIA® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPONI*' (goiimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
16. The method of claim 14 or 15, wherein the autoantibody to the first anti-TNFa dmg is selected from the group consisting of a human anti-chimeric antibody (H ACA), a human anti-humanized antibody (HAHA), a human anti-mouse antibody (F1AMA), and combinations thereof.
17. The method of any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the presence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug.
18. The method of any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the absence of the labeled complex is an indication that the neutralizing autoantibody against the first anti-TNFa drug is not cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drag.
19. The method of any one of claims 14 to 18, wherein the sample is serum.
20. The method of any one of claims 14 to 19, wherein the sample is obtained from a subject receiving therapy with the anti-TNFa drug.
21. The method of any one of claims 14 to 20, wherein the labeled second anti-TNFa drug comprises a fluorophore or fluorescent dye.
22. A method for monitoring or optimizing therapy to an anti-TNFa drug in a subject receiving a course of therapy with the anti-TNFa drag, the method comprising: (a) measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the anti-TNFa drug according to a method of any one of claims 1 to 13 at a plurality of time points over the course of therapy;
(b) detecting a change in the percent or the level of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time; and
(c) determining a subsequent dose of the course of therapy for the subject or whether a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject based upon the change in the percent or the lev el of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time,
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the anti-TNFa drag is selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab), ENBREL™ (etanercept), HUMIRA™ (adalimumab), CIMZIA* (certolizumab pegol), SIMPO I® (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
24. The method of claim 22 or 23 , wherein the autoantibody to the anti- TNFa drag is selected from the group consisting of a human anti -chimeric antibody (HACA), a human anti-lmmanized antibody (ITAHA), a human anti-mouse antibody (ITAMA), and combinations thereof.
25. The method of any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the subsequent dose of the course of therapy is increased, decreased, or maintained based upon the change in the percent or the level of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody over time.
26. The method of any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the different course of therapy comprises a different anti-TNFa drug, the current course of therapy along with an immunosuppressive agent, or switching to a course of therapy that is not an anti-TNFa drug.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the different course of therapy is administered when the percent or the level of the neutralizing form of the autoantibody increases over time.
28. A method for optimizing therapy and/or reducing toxicity in a subject receiving a course of therapy with a first anti-TNFa drug, the method comprising:
(a) determining whether a neutralizing form of an autoantibody to the first anti- TNFa drug is cross-reactive with a second anti-TNFa drug by measuring the percent or the level of a neutralizing form of the autoantibody in a sample from the subject according to a method of any one of claims 1 to 13 ; and (b) determining that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is cross-reactive with the second anti-TNFa drug.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein the first and second anti-TNFa drugs are indepedently selected from the group consisting of REMICADE™ (infliximab),
ENBREL™ (etanercept), HUMIRA™ (adalimumab), CIMZIA® (certolizumab pegol), SIMPQNI® (golimumab; CNTO 148), and combinations thereof.
30. The method of claim 28 or 29, wherein the autoantibody to the first anti-TNFa drug is selected from the group consisting of a human anti-chimeric antibody (BACA), a human ami -humanized antibody (HAHA), a human anti-mouse antibody
(HAMA), and combinations thereof.
31. The method of any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the different course of therapy comprises switching to a course of therapy that is not an anti-TNFa drag.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the non-anti-TNFa drug is selected from the group consisting of an TL-6 receptor-inhibiting monoclonal antibody, anti-integrin molecule, JAK-2 inhibitor, tyrosine kinase inhibitor, nutritition therapy, and mixtures thereof.
33. The method of any one of claims 28 to 32, wherein the method further comprises determining that a subsequent dose of the current course of therapy should be increased or decreased, or that a different course of therapy should be administered to the subject, if the neutralizing form of the autoantibody is not cross-reactive with the second anti- TNFa drug.
PCT/IB2013/060458 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy WO2014083520A2 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR112015012482A BR112015012482A2 (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-21 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biological therapy
CN201380071748.4A CN105074461A (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
JP2015544592A JP2016502091A (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for the detection of neutralizing autoantibodies for biological therapy
CA2892766A CA2892766A1 (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
KR1020157017311A KR20150088890A (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
SG11201504097PA SG11201504097PA (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
EP13820955.6A EP2926136A2 (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
MX2015006852A MX2015006852A (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy.
RU2015125739A RU2015125739A (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 DETECTION TESTS OF NEUTRALIZING AUTOANTITIES FOR BIOLOGICAL THERAPY
AU2013350817A AU2013350817A1 (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
IL238995A IL238995A0 (en) 2012-11-30 2015-05-25 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
HK16103834.6A HK1215969A1 (en) 2012-11-30 2016-04-05 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261732251P 2012-11-30 2012-11-30
US61/732,251 2012-11-30
US13/802,117 2013-03-13
US13/802,117 US20130266963A1 (en) 2011-07-06 2013-03-13 Assay for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014083520A2 true WO2014083520A2 (en) 2014-06-05
WO2014083520A3 WO2014083520A3 (en) 2014-07-31

Family

ID=50828561

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2013/060458 WO2014083520A2 (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy

Country Status (13)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2926136A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2016502091A (en)
KR (1) KR20150088890A (en)
CN (1) CN105074461A (en)
AU (1) AU2013350817A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112015012482A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2892766A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1215969A1 (en)
IL (1) IL238995A0 (en)
MX (1) MX2015006852A (en)
RU (1) RU2015125739A (en)
SG (2) SG10201703210XA (en)
WO (1) WO2014083520A2 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8865417B2 (en) 2009-10-26 2014-10-21 Nestec S.A. Assays for the detection of anti-TNF drugs and autoantibodies
US9465027B2 (en) 2011-07-06 2016-10-11 Nestec S.A. Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
US9784748B2 (en) 2010-10-18 2017-10-10 Nestec S.A. Methods for determining anti-drug antibody isotypes
US10422807B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2019-09-24 Precision Ibd, Inc. Indirect homogeneous mobility shift assays for the detection of biologics in patient samples
CN112730846A (en) * 2020-12-18 2021-04-30 安渡生物医药(杭州)有限公司 Method for detecting immune complex by using mouse blood sample
US11085931B2 (en) 2015-01-09 2021-08-10 W. Health L.P. Universal assay for determining the quantity of TNFα inhibitory drugs and their corresponding anti-drug-antibodies
US11119096B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2021-09-14 W. Health L.P. Universal assay for determining the quantity of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies and their corresponding anti-drug-antibodies in samples
CN114047343A (en) * 2022-01-13 2022-02-15 美迪西普亚医药科技(上海)有限公司 Immunogenicity analysis kit of double-tolerance anti-IgE monoclonal antibody medicine and use method and application thereof

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018178307A1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 Ablynx N.V. Improved immunogenicity assays
CN111024958B (en) * 2020-03-11 2020-06-23 同昕生物技术(北京)有限公司 Reagent for detecting monoclonal antibody drug and monoclonal antibody drug antibody and application thereof
CN117871856A (en) * 2023-12-15 2024-04-12 首都医科大学附属北京地坛医院 Application of soluble factor in asymptomatic neurosyphilis detection

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011056590A1 (en) * 2009-10-26 2011-05-12 Prometheus Laboratories Inc. Assays for the detection of anti-tnf drugs and autoantibodies
WO2012054532A1 (en) * 2010-10-18 2012-04-26 Prometheus Laboratories Inc. Methods for determining anti-drug antibody isotypes
WO2012154253A1 (en) * 2011-02-17 2012-11-15 Prometheus Laboratories Inc. ASSAYS FOR DETECTING AUTOANTIBODIES TO ANTI-TNFα DRUGS

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102884433A (en) * 2010-04-29 2013-01-16 塞拉蒂亚戈公司 Methods for detecting antibodies
RU2013158256A (en) * 2011-07-06 2015-07-10 Нестек С.А. ANALYSIS FOR DETECTING NEUTRALIZING AUTOANTIBODIES FOR BIOLOGICAL THERAPY TNFα

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011056590A1 (en) * 2009-10-26 2011-05-12 Prometheus Laboratories Inc. Assays for the detection of anti-tnf drugs and autoantibodies
WO2012054532A1 (en) * 2010-10-18 2012-04-26 Prometheus Laboratories Inc. Methods for determining anti-drug antibody isotypes
WO2012154253A1 (en) * 2011-02-17 2012-11-15 Prometheus Laboratories Inc. ASSAYS FOR DETECTING AUTOANTIBODIES TO ANTI-TNFα DRUGS

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10386366B2 (en) 2009-10-26 2019-08-20 Société des Produits Nestlé S.A. Assays for the detection of anti-TNF drugs and autoantibodies
US8865417B2 (en) 2009-10-26 2014-10-21 Nestec S.A. Assays for the detection of anti-TNF drugs and autoantibodies
US9506920B2 (en) 2009-10-26 2016-11-29 Nestec S.A. Assays for the detection of anti-TNF drugs and autoantibodies
US9784748B2 (en) 2010-10-18 2017-10-10 Nestec S.A. Methods for determining anti-drug antibody isotypes
US10794906B2 (en) 2011-07-06 2020-10-06 Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
US9465027B2 (en) 2011-07-06 2016-10-11 Nestec S.A. Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
US10422807B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2019-09-24 Precision Ibd, Inc. Indirect homogeneous mobility shift assays for the detection of biologics in patient samples
US11846642B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2023-12-19 Prometheus Laboratories Inc. Indirect homogeneous mobility shift assays for the detection of biologics in patient samples
US11085931B2 (en) 2015-01-09 2021-08-10 W. Health L.P. Universal assay for determining the quantity of TNFα inhibitory drugs and their corresponding anti-drug-antibodies
US11119096B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2021-09-14 W. Health L.P. Universal assay for determining the quantity of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies and their corresponding anti-drug-antibodies in samples
CN112730846A (en) * 2020-12-18 2021-04-30 安渡生物医药(杭州)有限公司 Method for detecting immune complex by using mouse blood sample
CN112730846B (en) * 2020-12-18 2023-12-15 安渡生物医药(杭州)有限公司 Method for detecting immune complex by using mouse blood sample
CN114047343A (en) * 2022-01-13 2022-02-15 美迪西普亚医药科技(上海)有限公司 Immunogenicity analysis kit of double-tolerance anti-IgE monoclonal antibody medicine and use method and application thereof
CN114047343B (en) * 2022-01-13 2022-05-31 美迪西普亚医药科技(上海)有限公司 Immunogenicity analysis kit of double-tolerance anti-IgE monoclonal antibody medicine and use method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
HK1215969A1 (en) 2016-09-30
RU2015125739A (en) 2017-01-13
SG11201504097PA (en) 2015-06-29
CN105074461A (en) 2015-11-18
KR20150088890A (en) 2015-08-03
CA2892766A1 (en) 2014-06-05
WO2014083520A3 (en) 2014-07-31
SG10201703210XA (en) 2017-06-29
AU2013350817A1 (en) 2015-06-11
MX2015006852A (en) 2015-09-16
IL238995A0 (en) 2015-07-30
EP2926136A2 (en) 2015-10-07
JP2016502091A (en) 2016-01-21
BR112015012482A2 (en) 2017-07-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10794906B2 (en) Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
AU2017213584B2 (en) Assays for the detection of anti-TNF drugs and autoantibodies
WO2014083520A2 (en) Assays for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
US20130266963A1 (en) Assay for detecting neutralizing autoantibodies to biologic therapy
US20140051184A1 (en) Mobility shift assays for detecting anti-tnf alpha drugs and autoantibodies thereto

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201380071748.4

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13820955

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 238995

Country of ref document: IL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2892766

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015544592

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/006852

Country of ref document: MX

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015012482

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013350817

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20131127

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013820955

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157017311

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015125739

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015012482

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150528